TM
A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 1 5
TM
thebancorp.com | 409 Silverside Road, Suite 105 | Wilmington, DE 19809 | +1 302.385.5000
Rev_Cover.indd 1
3/24/16 2:11 PM
E X E C U T I V E O F F I C E R S
John C. Chrystal*
Interim Chief Executive Officer
Gail S. Ball
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Daniel Gideon Cohen
Executive Vice President and Chairman of the Board
Paul Frenkiel
Executive Vice President of Strategy
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
Jeremy Kuiper
Donald F. McGraw, Jr.
Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer
Thomas G. Pareigat
Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Steven Turowski
Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer
C O R P O R AT E H E A D Q U A R T E R S
409 Silverside Road
Suite 105
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
P: +1 302.385.5000
I N V E S T O R R E L AT I O N S
Andres Viroslav
P: +1 215.861.7990
E: InvestorRelations@thebancorp.com
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11219
P: + 1 800.937.5449
E: info@amstock.com
Senior Vice President and Managing Director
T R A N S F E R A G E N T
B O A R D O F D I R E C T O R S
John C. Chrystal*
Interim Chief Executive Officer
Daniel Gideon Cohen
Chairman of the Board
Executive Vice President
Walter T. Beach
Michael J. Bradley
Matthew Cohn
Hersh Kozlov
William H. Lamb
James Joseph McEntee III
Mei-Mei Tuan
*Effective upon regulatory review and non-objection received in January, 2016.
Rev_Cover.indd 2
3/24/16 2:11 PM
Dear Fellow Shareholders,
The Bancorp, Inc. (“The Bancorp”) is a leading, innovative force in the fast-growing payments space
and a dynamic leader in the prepaid card industry. The Bancorp ended the year with over 80 million
active prepaid card accounts and annual gross dollar volume was essentially unchanged despite the exit
of a large relationship. These prepaid card programs, the related non-interest income they generate, and
the stable low-cost deposit base are the core of our franchise. We deploy these deposits through
specialized lending services to several highly focused sectors. In 2015, we experienced solid growth in
our Securities-Backed Lines of Credit (SBLOC), Small Business (SBA) lending, and our Commercial
Leasing business lines, which grew 37%, 45%, and 19%, respectively. These safer, asset-generating
businesses, combined with our innovative payments and prepaid businesses, are the foundation and key
drivers of our future growth.
Our core businesses provide a positive backdrop and speak to the strength of The Bancorp’s franchise as
we manage through challenges that have restricted growth and reduced profitability. These challenges
largely stem from previously disclosed regulatory matters and through our discontinued regional
commercial lending operations. We have made tremendous progress addressing these challenges
throughout 2015.
Our discontinued regional commercial lending portfolio remained a focus throughout 2015 and we’ve
made progress reducing its size. Since the portfolio was categorized into discontinued operations in 2014,
it has declined in size by roughly 50%. We expect the portfolio will continue to get smaller through loan
repayments and opportunistic loan sales.
While there is still much to do in 2016, we end the year more than well capitalized, and confident that our
core earnings power will emerge as we satisfy our regulatory requirements, reduce regulatory look-back
expenses and grow our core business lines.
I am excited about The Bancorp’s future, and thankful for our customers continued support and our
dedicated employees.
We thank you, our shareholders, for your continued interest and support in The Bancorp.
John C. Chrystal
Interim Chief Executive Officer
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
________________
FORM 10-K
________________
(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number 51018
The Bancorp, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
409 Silverside Road, Wilmington, DE
(Address of principal executive offices)
23-3016517
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
19809
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (302) 385-5000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share
Name of each exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Global Select
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Title of class
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(a) of the Act. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90
days. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be
submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and
post such files). Yes No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of
registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions
of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller Reporting Company
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes No
The aggregate market value of the common shares of the registrant held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the closing price of such shares on June 30, 2015
of $9.28, was approximately $319.4 million.
As of March 8, 2016, 37,879,428 shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the registrant were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the proxy statement for registrant’s 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
THE BANCORP, INC.
INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT
ON FORM 10-K
PART I
Item 1:
Item 1A:
Item 1B:
Item 2:
Item 3:
Item 4:
PART II
Item 5:
Item 6:
Item 7:
Item 7A:
Item 8:
Item 9:
Item 9A:
Item 9B:
PART III
Item 10:
Item 11:
Item 12:
Item 13:
Item 14:
PART IV
Item 15:
Page
Forward-looking statements ............................................................................................................
Explanatory Note .............................................................................................................................
Business ...........................................................................................................................................
Risk Factors .....................................................................................................................................
Unresolved Staff Comments ............................................................................................................
Properties .........................................................................................................................................
Legal Proceedings ............................................................................................................................
Mine Safety Disclosures ..................................................................................................................
1
2
3
22
34
35
35
36
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities ..............................................................................................................................
Selected Financial Data ...................................................................................................................
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ..........
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk .........................................................
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ................................................................................
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ..........
Controls and Procedures ..................................................................................................................
Other Information ............................................................................................................................
36
40
41
71
71
121
121
124
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ...............................................................
Executive Compensation .................................................................................................................
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters .............................................................................................................................................
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence .................................
Principal Accountant Fees and Services ..........................................................................................
124
124
124
124
124
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ..................................................................................
125
SIGNATURES
..........................................................................................................................................................
127
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, encourages companies to disclose forward-looking information so that
investors can better understand a company’s future prospects and make informed investment decisions. This report contains such
“forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, and
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act.
Words such as “anticipates,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “should” and words and terms
of similar substance used in connection with any discussion of future operating and financial performance identify forward-looking
statements. Unless we have indicated otherwise, or the context otherwise requires, references in this report to “we,” “us,” and “our” or
similar terms, are to The Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
We claim the protection of safe harbor for forward-looking statements provided in the Private Securities Litigation Reform
Act of 1995. These statements may be made directly in this report and they may also be incorporated by reference in this report to
other documents filed with the SEC, and include, but are not limited to, statements about future financial and operating results and
performance, statements about our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions with respect to future operations, products and
services, and other statements that are not historical facts. These forward-looking statements are based upon the current beliefs and
expectations of our management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and
contingencies, many of which are difficult to predict and generally beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements
are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. Actual results may differ
materially from the anticipated results discussed in these forward-looking statements.
The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other
expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:
the risk factors discussed and identified in Item 1A of this report and in other of our public filings with the SEC;
weak economic and slow growth conditions in the U.S. economy and significant dislocations in the credit markets have
had, and may in the future have, significant adverse effects on our assets and operating results, including increases in
payment defaults and other credit risks, decreases in the fair value of some assets and increases in our provision for loan
losses;
weak economic and credit market conditions may result in a reduction in our capital base, reducing our ability to
maintain deposits at current levels;
operating costs may increase;
adverse governmental or regulatory policies may be promulgated;
management and other key personnel may be lost;
competition may increase;
the costs of our interest-bearing liabilities, principally deposits, may increase relative to the interest received on our
interest-bearing assets, principally loans, thereby decreasing our net interest income;
loan and investment yields may decrease for various reasons resulting in a lower net interest margin;
possible geographic concentration of certain of our loans could result in our loan portfolio being adversely affected by
economic factors unique to the geographic area and not reflected in other regions of the country;
the market value of real estate that secures certain of our loans has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by
recent economic and market conditions, and may be affected by other conditions outside of our control such as lack of
demand for real estate of the type securing our loans, natural disasters, changes in neighborhood values, competitive
overbuilding, weather, casualty losses, occupancy rates and other similar factors;
we must satisfy our regulators with respect to Bank Secrecy Act, Anti-Money Laundering and other regulatory mandates
to prevent additional restrictions on adding customers and to remove current restrictions on adding certain customers;
the loans from our discontinued operations are now held for sale and were marked to fair value by an independent third
party; however, the actual sales price could differ from those third party fair values. The reinvestment rate for the
proceeds of those sales in investment securities depends on future market interest rates; and
1
we may not be able to sustain our historical growth rate in our loan, prepaid card and other lines of business.
We caution you not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this
report. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly
qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. Except to the extent required by
applicable law or regulation, we undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances
after the date of this filing or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
As reported on our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 1, 2015, we analyzed the amount and timing of our recognition
of impairment losses with respect to certain loan relationships that we had originally recognized in the quarter ended March 31, 2014.
As a result of this analysis, the audit committee of our board of directors determined that such charges should be restated to prior
periods and, accordingly, that our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, for the quarterly periods
within such years, and for the quarters ended March 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and September 30, 2014 could not be relied upon. In
connection with these analyses, we reviewed other, unrelated loan charges and determined that it was necessary to restate certain of
these losses, together with previously unreported losses, to prior periods. These determinations affected the financial statements
contained in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, in our Quarterly
Reports on Form 10-Q for the interim periods included within such years, and in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters
ended March 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and September 30, 2014.
2
PART I
Item 1. Business.
Overview
We are a Delaware financial holding company and our primary subsidiary, wholly owned, is The Bancorp Bank, which we
refer to as the Bank. The vast majority of our revenue and income is currently generated through the Bank. In our continuing
operations, we have four primary lines of specialty lending: securities backed lines of credit, or SBLOC, automobile fleet and other
equipment leasing, Small Business Administration, or SBA, loans and loans generated for sale into capital markets primarily through
both commercial mortgage backed securities, or CMBS and collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs. SBLOCs are loans which are
generated through institutional banking affinity groups and are collateralized by marketable securities. SBLOCs are typically offered
in conjunction with brokerage accounts and are offered nationally. Automobile fleet and other equipment leases are generated in a
number of Atlantic Coast and other states. SBA loans and loans generated for sale into CMBS and CLO capital markets are made
nationally. At December 31, 2015, SBLOC, leasing, SBA and loans for sale in secondary markets totaled $575.9 million, $231.5
million, $307.1 million (including SBA loans held for sale) and $380.8 million, respectively, and comprised 37%, 15%, 20% and 24%
of our loan portfolio and loans held for sale. Our investment portfolio amounted to $1.16 billion at December 31, 2015, representing a
decrease from the prior year as a portion of repayments and sales proceeds funded loan growth.
For our institutional banking, including SBLOC and our other deposit generating activities, we focus on providing our
services to organizations with a pre-existing customer base who can use one or more selected banking services tailored to support or
complement the services provided by these organizations to their customers. These services include private label banking for
investment advisory companies through our institutional banking department; credit and debit card processing for merchants affiliated
with independent service organizations; and prepaid cards for general purpose card sponsors, insurers, incentive plans, large retail
chains, consumer service organizations and others. We typically provide these services under the name and through the facilities of
each organization with whom we develop a relationship. We refer to this, generally, as affinity group banking. Our prepaid card,
private label banking for investment advisory companies and card payment processing are our primary sources of deposits. The vast
majority of our services are provided in the United States although we have limited prepaid card operations in Europe.
Our main office is located at 409 Silverside Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 and our telephone number is (302) 385-
5000. Our web address is www.thebancorp.com. We make available free of charge on our website our Annual Report on Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports and our proxy statements as soon as
reasonably practicable after we file them with the SEC. Investors are encouraged to access these reports and other information about
our business on our website, www.thebancorp.com. Information found on our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-
K. We also will provide copies of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, free of charge, upon written request to our Investor Relations
Department at the Company’s address for its principal executive offices, 409 Silverside Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19809. Also
posted on our website, and available in print upon request by any shareholder to our Investor Relations Department, are the charters of
the standing committees of our Board of Directors and standards of conduct governing our directors, officers and employees.
Our Strategies
Our principal strategies are to:
Fund our Loan and Investment Portfolio Growth through Low-cost Deposits and Generate Non-interest Income from
Prepaid Cards and Other Areas. Our principal focus is to grow our specialty lending operations and investment portfolio, and fund the
loans and investments through a variety of sources that provide low cost and stable deposits. Funding sources include prepaid cards,
institutional banking money market accounts and card payment processing. The largest component of our deposits is prepaid cards
and the largest component of our non-interest income is derived from prepaid cards.
Develop Relationships with Affinity Groups to Gain Sponsored Access to their Membership, Client or Customer Bases to
Market our Services. We seek to develop relationships with organizations with established membership, client or customer bases.
Through these affinity group relationships, we gain access to an organization’s members, clients and customers under the
organization’s sponsorship. We believe that by marketing targeted products and services to these constituencies through their pre-
existing relationships with the organizations, we will continue to generate lower cost deposits, generate fee income and, with respect
to private label banking, lower our customer acquisition costs and build close customer relationships.
3
Use Our Existing Infrastructure as a Platform for Growth. We have made significant investments in our banking
infrastructure to support our growth. We believe that this infrastructure can accommodate significant additional growth without
proportionate increases in expense. We believe that this infrastructure enables us to maximize efficiencies through economies of scale
as we grow without adversely affecting our relationships with our customers.
Deposit Products and Services.
We offer a range of products and services to our affinity groups and their client bases, including:
checking accounts;
savings accounts;
money market accounts;
commercial accounts; and
various types of prepaid and payroll cards.
Lending Activities
In the third quarter of 2014, we discontinued our commercial lending operations following our determination that those
operations were inconsistent with our strategic focus on generating low cost deposits and deploying that funding into lower risk, more
granular and national lines of business. We have sold loans with an approximate book value of $342.2 million. On the date of
discontinuance, September 30, 2014 there was approximately $1.1 billion in book value of loans in the discontinued portfolio. The
$342.2 million of loans sold had a face value of approximately $417.1 million. These sales were comprised of the following: Loans
with an approximate face and book value of $267.6 million and $192.7 million, respectively, were sold in the fourth quarter of 2014 to
a private securitization entity. The securitization is managed by an independent investor, which contributed $16 million of equity to
that entity. The balance of the sale was financed by the Bank and is reflected on the consolidated balance sheet as investment in
unconsolidated entity. After $74.9 million of loan charges reflected in the difference between the face value and book value of the
loans sold to the securitization, we recognized a gain of $17.0 million. In the second quarter of 2015, an additional $149.6 million of
loans were sold at a gain of approximately $2.2 million. At December 31, 2015 our net discontinued loan portfolio amounted to
$568.7 million. We continue to pursue additional loan sales. We currently focus our lending activities upon four specialty lending
segments: SBLOC loans, automobile fleet and other equipment leasing, SBA loans and loans originated for sale into CMBS and CLO
capital markets.
SBLOC. We make loans to individuals, trusts and entities which are secured by a pledge of marketable securities maintained
in one or more accounts with respect to which we obtain a securities account control agreement. The securities pledged may be either
debt or equity securities or a combination thereof, but all such securities must be listed for trading on a national securities exchange or
automated inter-dealer quotation system. SBLOCs are typically payable on demand. Most of our SBLOCs are drawn to meet a
specific need of the borrower (such as for bridge financing of real estate) and are typically drawn for 12 to 18 months at a
time. Maximum SBLOC line amounts are calculated by applying a standard ‘advance rate’ calculation against the eligible security
type depending on asset class: typically up to 50% for equity securities and mutual fund securities and 80% for investment grade
(Standard & Poor’s rating of BBB- or higher or Moody’s rating of Baa3 or higher) municipal or corporate debt securities. Borrowers
generally must have a credit score of 660 or higher, although we may allow exceptions based upon a review of the borrower’s income,
assets and other credit information. All SBLOCs are with full recourse to the borrower. The underlying securities that act as collateral
for our SBLOC commitments are monitored on a daily basis to confirm the composition of the client portfolio and its daily market
value. Although these accounts are closely monitored, severely falling markets or sudden drops in price with respect to individual
pledged securities could result in the loan being under-collateralized and consequently in default and, upon sale of the collateral, could
result in losses to the Bank.
Leases. We provide lease financing for commercial and government automobile fleets and, to a lesser extent, provide lease
financing for other equipment. Our leases are either open end or closed end. An open end lease is one in which, at the end of the lease
term, the lessee must pay us the difference between the amount at which we sell the leased asset and the stated “residual value.”
“Residual value” is a contractual value agreed to by the parties at the inception of a lease as to the value of the leased asset at the end
of the lease term. A closed end lease is one in which no such payment is due on lease termination. In a closed end lease, the risk that
4
the amount received on a sale of the leased asset will be less than the residual value is assumed by us, as lessor. While we do not have
specific underwriting criteria for our lease financing, we analyze information we obtain about the lessee, including financial
statements and credit reports, to determine the lessee’s ability to perform its obligations.
SBA Loans. We participate in two loan programs established by the SBA: the 7(a) Loan Guarantee Program and the 504
Fixed Asset Financing Program. The 7(a) Loan Guarantee Program is designed to help small business borrowers start or expand their
businesses by providing partial guarantees of loans made by banks and non-bank lending institutions for specific business purposes,
including long or short term working capital; funds for the purchase of equipment, machinery, supplies and materials; funds for the
purchase, construction or renovation of real estate; and funds to acquire, operate or expand an existing business or refinance existing
debt, all under conditions established by the SBA. The terms of the loans must come within parameters set by the SBA, including
borrower eligibility, loan maturity, and maximum loan amount. 7(a) loans must be secured by all available assets (both business and
personal) until the recovery value equals the loan amount or until all assets of the borrower have been pledged. Personal guarantees
are required from all owners of 20% or more of the equity of the business, although lenders may also require personal guarantees of
owners of less than 20%. Loan guarantees can range to 85% of loan principal for loans of up to $150,000 and 75% for loans in excess
of that amount.
The SBA loan guaranty is paid to the lender after the liquidation of all collateral, mitigating the losses due to collateral
deficiencies up to the percentage of the guarantee. To maintain the guarantee, we must comply with applicable SBA regulations and
we risk repair or loss of the guarantee should we fail to comply. 7(a) loan amounts are not limited to a percentage of estimated
collateral value and are instead based on the business’s ability to repay the loan from its cash flow. If the business generates
inadequate cash flow to repay principal and interest and borrowers are otherwise unable to repay the loan, losses may result if related
collateral is sold for less than the unguaranteed balance of the loan. Losses may result if related collateral is sold for less than the
unguaranteed balance of the loan. Because these loans are generally at variable rates, higher rate environments will increase required
payments from borrowers, with increased payment default risk. As a result of a wide variety of collateral with very specific uses,
markets for resale of the collateral may be limited, which could adversely affect amounts realized upon sale. The 7(a) program is
funded through annual appropriations approved by Congress matching funding requirements for loans approved within the budget
year. Should those appropriations be reduced or cease, our ability to make 7(a) loans will be curtailed or terminated.
The 504 Fixed Asset Financing Program is designed to provide small businesses with financing for the purchase of fixed
assets, including real estate and buildings; the purchase of improvements to real estate; the construction of new facilities or
modernizing, renovating or converting existing facilities; the purchase of long-term machinery and equipment and debt refinancing
which the SBA currently has approved for 2016. A 504 loan may not be used for working capital, debt refinancing or investment in
rental real estate. In a 504 financing, the borrower must supply 10% of the financing amount, we provide 50% of the financing
amount and a Certified Development Company, or CDC, provides 40% of the financing amount. If the borrower has less than two
years of operating history or if the assets being financed are considered “special purpose,” the funding percentages are 15%, 50% and
35%, respectively. If both conditions are met the funding percentages are 25%, 50% and 30%, respectively. We receive a first lien on
the assets being financed and the CDC receives a second lien. Personal guarantees of the principal owners of the business are
required. The funds for the CDC loans are raised through a monthly auction of bonds that are guaranteed by the U.S. government and,
accordingly, if the government guarantees are curtailed or terminated, our ability to make 504 loans would be curtailed or terminated.
Certain basic loan terms, as with the 7(a) program, are established by the SBA, including borrower eligibility, maximum loan amount,
maximum maturity date, interest rates and loan fees. While real estate is appraised and values are established for other collateral, and
the loan amount is limited to a percentage of cost of the assets being acquired by the borrower, such amounts may not be realized upon
resale if the borrower defaults and the Bank forecloses on the collateral.
SBA 7(a) and 504 loans may include construction advances which are subject to risk inherent to construction projects,
including environmental risks, engineering defects, contractor risk, and risk of project completion. Delays in construction may also
compromise the owner’s business plan and result in additional stresses on cash flow required to service the loan. Higher than
expected construction costs may also result, impacting repayment capability and collateral values.
Additionally, the Bank makes SBA loans to franchisees of various business concepts, including loans to multiple franchisees
with the same concept. In making loans to franchisees, the Bank considers franchisee failure rates for the specific franchise concept.
However, factors adversely affecting a specific type of franchisor or franchise concept, including in particular risks that a franchise
concept loses popularity with consumers or encounters negative publicity about its products or services, could harm the value not only
of a particular franchisee’s business but also of multiple loans to other franchisees with the same concept.
5
Loans Originated for Sale into Secondary Securities Markets. We originate loans for sale into secondary securities markets.
These loans are typically collateralized by various types of commercial real estate, including retail space, office space, apartments and
hotels, and are with recourse only to the properties securing the loans, are not guaranteed by the borrower and, accordingly, depend on
cash reserves and cash generated by the underlying properties for repayment. Some of these loans are variable rate and, as a result,
higher market rates will result in higher payments and greater cash flow requirements. Inadequate sales at retail properties and
inadequate occupancy rates for office space, apartments and hotels may negatively impact loan repayment. Should cash flow and
available cash reserves prove inadequate to cover debt service on these loans, repayment will depend upon the sales price of the
property. Because these loans are being originated for resale, the underwriting criteria used are those that buyers in the capital
markets indicate are the parameters under which they are willing to buy the loans, including interest rate, loan to value ratio and
maturity; however, in the period during which we hold a loan prior to sale, property values may fall below appraised values and below
the outstanding balance of the loan which would reduce the price at which we could sell the loan. Inadequate retail sales or
occupancy, in addition to impacting repayment, may also result in a lower realizable sales price. While we historically have been
successful in selling to these markets, adverse market conditions may delay, or possibly preclude, expected sales into the secondary
market or cause losses upon any resale. To mitigate these risks, we establish guidelines for the maximum amounts of such loans we
will hold on our balance sheet.
Affinity Banking
Private Label Banking. For our private label banking, we create unique banking websites for each affinity group, enabling
the affinity group to provide its members with the banking services and products we offer or just those banking services and products
it believes will be of interest to its members. We design each website to carry the brand of the affinity group and carry the “look and
feel” of the affinity group’s own website. Each such website, however, indicates that we are the provider of banking services. To
facilitate the creation of these individualized banking websites, we have packaged our products and services into a series of modules,
with each module providing a specific service, such as deposit products, electronic payment systems and loans. Each affinity group
selects from our menu of service modules those that it wants to offer its members or customers. We and the affinity group also may
create products and services, or modify products and services already on our menu, that specifically relate to the needs and interests of
the affinity group’s members or customers. We pay fees to certain affinity groups based upon deposits and loans they generate. These
fees vary, and certain fees increase as market interest rates increase, while other fee rates are fixed. We include these fees as a
component of interest expense in calculating our net interest margin. These fees totaled $9.3 million, $7.2 million and $5.7 million for
the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 respectively. These amounts include fees paid related to prepaid cards, healthcare
accounts, card payment processing and institutional banking which are described below.
Prepaid Cards. We have developed prepaid card programs for general purpose re-loadable cards, insurance indemnity
payments, flexible spending account funds, corporate and incentive rewards, payroll cards, consumer gift cards and others. Our cards
are offered to end users through our relationships with insurers, benefits administrators, third-party administrators, corporate incentive
companies, rebate fulfillment organizations, payroll administrators, large retail chains and consumer service organizations. Our cards
are network-branded through our agreements with Visa, MasterCard, and Discover. The majority of fees we earn result from
contractual fees paid by third party sponsors, computed on a per transaction basis, and monthly service fees. Additionally, we earn
interchange fees paid through settlement associations such as Visa, which are also determined on a per transaction basis. Prepaid
cards also provide us with low cost deposits from the amounts delivered to us to fund the cards. Our prepaid card programs are
offered predominantly in the United States. However, we also offer our services in the European Union through subsidiaries which
offer prepaid card and electronic money issuing services. Our European operations contributed less than 2% of total prepaid card
revenue. For information relating to current constraints on our prepaid card programs resulting from a consent order we have entered
into with the FDIC, see “Risk Factors-Risks Relating to Our Business-The entry into the Consent Orders, as amended, and the
supervisory letter from the Federal Reserve, have imposed certain restrictions and requirements on us and the Bank.”
Card Payment Processing. We act as the depository institution for the processing of credit and debit card payments made to
various businesses. We also act as the bank sponsor and depository institution for independent service organizations that process such
payments. We have designed products that enable those organizations to more easily process electronic payments and to better
manage their risk of loss. Our services also enable independent service organizations to provide their members with access to their
account balances through the Internet. These relationships are a source of demand deposits and fee income.
Institutional Banking. We have developed strategic relationships with limited-purpose trust companies, registered investment
advisers, broker-dealers and other firms offering institutional banking services. We provide customized, private label demand, money
market and security backed loan products to the client base of these groups.
6
Other Operations
Account Services. Account holders may access our products through the website of their affinity group or other
organizational affiliate, or through our website, from any personal computer with a secure web browser, regardless of its location.
This access allows account holders to apply for loans, review account activity, enter transactions into an online account register, pay
bills electronically, receive statements electronically and print bank statements.
Call Centers. We have call center operations that serve as inbound customer support. The call centers provide account
holders or potential account holders with assistance accessing the Bank’s products and services, and in resolving any problems that
may arise in the servicing of accounts or other banking products. Call Center services are operated in three locations: Domestically in
Wilmington, Delaware, the Bank’s Customer Care center operates from 8:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. EST Monday through Friday and
handles complex calls and escalations. Transact Payments Limited (TPL) customer support is managed from our site in Sofia,
Bulgaria, where support to European cardholders and program managers is provided in several European languages. In addition, two
third party servicers provide ‘first tier’ customer support. Located in Manila, Philippines, TELUS International operates 24 hours a
day, seven days a week and Ubiquity Global Services operates from 8:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. EST Monday through Friday.
Third-Party Service Providers. To reduce operating costs and capitalize on the technical capabilities of selected vendors, we
outsource certain bank operations and systems to third-party service providers, principally the following:
data processing services, including check processing, check imaging, loan processing, electronic bill payment and
statement rendering;
fulfillment and servicing of prepaid cards;
call center customer support;
access to automated teller machine networks;
bank accounting and general ledger system;
data warehousing services; and
certain software development.
Because we outsource these operational functions to experienced third-party service providers that have the capacity to
process a high volume of transactions, we believe we can more readily and cost-effectively respond to growth than if we sought to
develop these capabilities internally. Should any of our current relationships terminate, we believe we could secure the required
services from an alternative source without material interruption of our operations.
European Prepaid Operations. Transact Payments Limited, or TPL, our wholly-owned subsidiary, is a prepaid product
issuer (termed electronic money in Europe) organized in Gibraltar and licensed by the Gibraltar Financial Services Commission or the
FSC. TPL issues prepaid products throughout the European Union (EU) and European Economic Area (EEA) with service and
support provided by three service subsidiaries.
Sales and Marketing
Affinity Group Banking. Because of the national scope of our affinity group banking operation, we use a personal
sales/targeted media advertising approach to market to existing and potential commercial affinity group organizations. The affinity
group organizations with which we have a relationship perform marketing functions to ultimate individual customers. Our marketing
program to affinity group organizations consists of:
print advertising;
attending and making presentations at trade shows and other events for targeted affinity organizations;
direct mail; and
Direct contact with potential affinity organizations by our marketing staff, with relationship managers focusing on
particular regional markets.
7
Loan Administration Offices. We maintain offices to market and administer our leasing programs in Crofton, Maryland,
King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, Kent, Washington and Orlando, Florida. We maintain an SBA loan office in Chicago, Illinois.
Technology
Primary Domestic System Architecture. We provide financial products and services through a highly-secure three-tiered
architecture using commercially available software. We maintain a platform of several web technologies, databases, firewalls, and
licensed and proprietary financial services software to support our unique client base. User activity is distributed using load-balance
technologies and our proprietary design, with internally developed software and third-party equipment. We also use third party data
processors. The goal of our systems designs is to service our client requirements efficiently which has been accomplished using data
and service replication between multiple data centers. The system’s flexible architecture is designed to meet current capacity needs
and allow expansion for future demands. In addition to built-in redundancies, we continuously operate automated internal monitoring
tools and use independent third parties to continuously monitor our systems.
European Prepaid Card and Electronic Money Operation. European prepaid card infrastructure includes consumer servicing
functions and program management. Related software includes risk management, reporting, a dynamic security system, and
transaction management.
European Prepaid System Architecture. We have a primary data center in Sofia, Bulgaria that supports our European prepaid
business with a redundant network system that connects to a back-up center in London (UK). Our architecture allows for rapid
expansion and flexibility.
Domestic and European Prepaid Security. All our systems are subject to regular certification for data security standards
under multiple certification requirements.
Intellectual Property and Other Proprietary Rights
A significant portion of the core and Internet banking systems and operations we use comes from third-party providers. Our
proprietary intellectual property includes the software for creating affinity group bank websites. We rely principally upon trade secret
and trademark law to protect our intellectual property. We do not typically enter into intellectual property-related confidentiality
agreements with our affinity group customers because we maintain control over the software used to create the sites and their banking
functions rather than licensing them for customers to use. Moreover, we believe that factors such as the relationships we develop with
our affinity group and banking customers, the quality of our banking products, the level and reliability of the service we provide, and
the customization of our products and services to meet the needs of our affinity groups are substantially more significant to our ability
to succeed.
Competition
We compete with numerous banks and other financial institutions such as finance companies, leasing companies, credit
unions, insurance companies, money market funds, investment firms and private lenders, as well as on-line lenders and other non-
traditional competitors. Our primary competitors in each of our business lines differ significantly from those in our other business
lines principally because few financial institutions compete against us in all business segments in which we operate. A number of
banks and other financial institutions compete with us in the prepaid card market; however, we do not believe that any single bank or
group of banks is a predominant provider. We believe that our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors,
including:
our ability to expand our affinity group banking program;
competitors’ interest rates and service fees;
the scope of our products and services;
the relevance of our products and services to customer needs and the rate at which we and our competitors introduce
them;
satisfaction of our customers with our customer service;
8
our perceived safety as a depository institution, including our size, credit rating, capital strength, earnings strength and
regulatory posture;
ease of use of our banking websites and other customer interfaces; and
the capacity, reliability and security of our network infrastructure.
If we experience difficulty in any of these areas, our competitive position could be materially adversely affected, which
would affect our growth, our profitability and, possibly, our ability to continue operations. With respect to our affinity group
operations, we believe we can compete effectively as a result of our ability to customize our product offerings to the affinity group’s
needs. We believe that the costs of entry, especially compliance costs, to offering prepaid cards through affinity groups are relatively
high and somewhat prohibitive to new competitors. We have competed successfully with institutions much larger than ourselves;
however, many of our competitors have larger customer bases, greater name recognition, greater financial and other resources and
longer operating histories which may impact our ability to compete. Our future success will depend on our ability to compete
effectively in a highly competitive market.
Regulation Under Banking Law
Overview
We are regulated extensively under both federal and state banking law and related regulations in the United States, and TPL
is extensively regulated by the laws and related regulations of Gibraltar and of EU and EEA member countries in which it issues
prepaid products. We are a Delaware corporation and a financial holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve. We are subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve and the
Delaware Office of the State Bank Commissioner, or the Commissioner. The Bank, as a state-chartered, nonmember depository
institution, is supervised by the Commissioner, as well as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC. TPL is a Gibraltar e-
money licensee and is supervised by the Gibraltar Financial Services Commission.
The Bank is subject to requirements and restrictions under federal and state law, including requirements to maintain reserves
against deposits, restrictions on the types and amount of loans that may be made and the interest that may be charged, and limitations
on the types of investments that may be made and the types of services that may be offered. Various consumer laws and regulations
also affect the Bank’s operations. Any change in the regulatory requirements and policies by the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the
Commissioner, the United States Congress, or the states in which our customers reside could have a material adverse impact on us, the
Bank and our operations. We have entered into consent orders with the FDIC and have received a supervisory letter from the Federal
Reserve which have imposed certain restrictions upon us and the Bank. See “Risk Factors-Risks Relating to Our Business-The entry
into the Consent Orders, as amended, and a supervisory letter from the Federal Reserve have imposed certain restrictions and
requirements on us and the Bank.”
Certain regulatory requirements applicable to us and the Bank are referred to below or elsewhere herein. The description of
statutes and regulations is not intended to be a complete explanation of such statutes and regulations or their effects on the Bank or us
and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual statutes and regulations.
Federal Regulation
As a financial holding company, we are subject to regular examination by the Federal Reserve and must file annual reports
and provide any additional information that the Federal Reserve may request. Under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as
amended, which we refer to as the BHCA, a financial holding company may not directly or indirectly acquire ownership or control of
more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or merge or consolidate with another financial holding
company, without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve.
Permitted Activities. The BHCA generally limits the activities of a financial holding company and its subsidiaries to that of
banking, managing or controlling banks, or any other activity that is determined to be so closely related to banking or to managing or
controlling banks that an exception is allowed for those activities. These activities include, among other things, and subject to
limitations, operating a mortgage company, finance company, credit card company or factoring company; performing data processing
operations; the issuance and sale of consumer-type payment instruments; provide investment and financial advice; acting as an
9
insurance agent for particular types of credit related insurance and providing specified securities brokerage services for customers. In
November 2012, we began conducting permissible activities through TPL, an electronic money issuer organized and licensed in
Gibraltar.
Change in Control. The BHCA prohibits a company from acquiring control of a financial holding company without prior
Federal Reserve approval. Similarly, the Change in Bank Control Act, which we refer to as the CBCA, prohibits a person or group of
persons from acquiring “control” of a financial holding company unless the Federal Reserve has been notified and has not objected to
the transaction. In general, under a rebuttable presumption established by the Federal Reserve, the acquisition of 10% or more of any
class of voting securities of a financial holding company is presumed to be an acquisition of control of the holding company if:
the financial holding company has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934; or
no other person will own or control a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the
transaction.
An acquisition of 25% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities of a financial holding company is
conclusively deemed to be the acquisition of control. In determining percentage ownership for a person, Federal Reserve policy is to
count securities obtainable by that person through the exercise of options or warrants, even if the options or warrants have not then
vested.
The Federal Reserve has revised its minority investment policy statement, under which, subject to the filing of certain
commitments with the Federal Reserve, an investor can acquire up to one-third of our equity without being deemed to have engaged in
a change in control, provided that no more than 15% of the investor’s equity is voting stock. This revised policy statement also
permits non-controlling passive investors to engage in interactions with our management without being considered as controlling our
operations.
Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve that financial holding companies should pay
cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is
consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that financial holding companies
should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the financial holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength
to its banking subsidiaries. See “Holding Company Liability,” below. Federal Reserve policies also affect the ability of a financial
holding company to pay in-kind dividends.
Various federal and state statutory provisions limit the amount of dividends that subsidiary banks can pay to their holding
companies without regulatory approval. The Bank is also subject to limitations under state law regarding the payment of dividends,
including the requirement that dividends may be paid only out of net profits. See “Delaware Regulation” below. In addition to these
explicit limitations, federal and state regulatory agencies are authorized to prohibit a banking subsidiary or financial holding company
from engaging in unsafe or unsound banking practices. Depending upon the circumstances, the agencies could take the position that
paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. In August 2015, we consented to the issuance of a consent
order amendment pursuant to which the payment of dividends by the Bank to us would require prior FDIC approval, and received a
Federal Reserve supervisory letter pursuant to which any payment of dividends by us would require prior approval from the Federal
Reserve. See “Risk Factors-Risks Relating to Our Business-The entry into the Consent Orders, as amended, and a supervisory letter
from the Federal Reserve have imposed certain restrictions and requirements on us and the Bank.”
Because we are a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank, our right to participate in the distribution of assets of the
Bank, or any other subsidiary, upon the Bank’s or the subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization will be subject to the prior claims of
the Bank’s or subsidiary’s creditors. In the event of liquidation or other resolution of an insured depository institution, the claims of
depositors and other general or subordinated creditors have priority of payment over the claims of holders of any obligation of the
institution’s holding company or any of the holding company’s shareholders or creditors.
Holding Company Liability. Under Federal Reserve policy, a financial holding company is expected to act as a source of
financial strength to each of its banking subsidiaries and commit resources to their support. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, codified this policy as a statutory requirement. Under this requirement, we are
expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when we may not be in a financial position to provide such
10
resources. As discussed below under “Prompt Corrective Action,” a financial holding company in certain circumstances could be
required to guarantee the capital plan of an undercapitalized banking subsidiary.
In the event of a financial holding company’s bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the trustee will be
deemed to have assumed, and is required to cure immediately, any deficit under any commitment by the debtor holding company to
any of the federal banking agencies to maintain the capital of an insured depository institution, and any claim for breach of such
obligation will generally have priority over most other unsecured claims.
Capital Adequacy. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC have issued standards for measuring capital adequacy for financial
holding companies and banks. These standards are designed to provide risk-based capital guidelines and to incorporate a consistent
framework. The risk-based guidelines are used by the agencies in their examination and supervisory process, as well as in the analysis
of any applications. As discussed below under “Prompt Corrective Action,” a failure to meet minimum capital requirements could
subject us or the Bank to a variety of enforcement remedies available to federal regulatory authorities, including, in the most severe
cases, termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC and placing the Bank into conservatorship or receivership.
In general, these risk-related standards require banks and financial holding companies to maintain capital based on “risk-
adjusted” assets so that the categories of assets with potentially higher credit risk will require more capital backing than categories
with lower credit risk. In addition, banks and financial holding companies are required to maintain capital to support off-balance sheet
activities such as loan commitments.
As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, our financial holding company status depends upon our maintaining our status as “well
capitalized” and “well managed” under applicable Federal Reserve regulations. If a financial holding company ceases to meet these
requirements, the Federal Reserve may impose corrective capital and/or managerial requirements on the financial holding company
and place limitations on its ability to conduct the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies. In addition,
the Federal Reserve may require divestiture of the holding company’s depository institution if the deficiencies persist.
The standards classify total capital for this risk-based measure into two tiers, referred to as Tier 1 and Tier 2. Tier 1 capital
consists of common shareholders’ equity, certain non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and minority interests in equity accounts
of consolidated subsidiaries, less certain adjustments. Tier 2 capital consists of the allowance for loan and lease losses (within certain
limits), perpetual preferred stock not included in Tier 1, hybrid capital instruments, term subordinate debt, and intermediate-term
preferred stock, less certain adjustments. Together, these two categories of capital comprise a bank’s or financial holding company’s
“qualifying total capital.” However, capital that qualifies as Tier 2 capital is limited in amount to 100% of Tier 1 capital in testing
compliance with the total risk-based capital minimum standards. Banks and financial holding companies must have a minimum ratio
of 8% of qualifying total capital to total risk-weighted assets, and a minimum ratio of 4% of qualifying Tier 1 capital to total risk-
weighted assets. At December 31, 2015, we and the Bank had total capital to risk-adjusted assets ratios of 14.88% and 14.18%,
respectively, and Tier 1 capital to risk-adjusted assets ratios of 14.67% and 13.98%, respectively.
In addition, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC have established minimum leverage ratio guidelines. The principal objective
of these guidelines is to constrain the maximum degree to which a financial institution can leverage its equity capital base. It is
intended to be used as a supplement to the risk-based capital guidelines. These guidelines provide for a minimum ratio of Tier 1
capital to adjusted average total assets of 3% for financial holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including those
having the highest regulatory rating. Other financial institutions generally must maintain a leverage ratio of at least 3% plus 100 to
200 basis points. The guidelines also provide that financial institutions experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be
expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on
intangible assets. Furthermore, the banking agencies have indicated that they may consider other indicia of capital strength in
evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities. At December 31, 2015 we and the Bank had leverage ratios of 7.17% and
6.90%, respectively.
The federal banking agencies’ standards provide that concentration of credit risk and certain risks arising from nontraditional
activities, as well as an institution’s ability to manage these risks, are important factors to be taken into account by them in assessing a
financial institution’s overall capital adequacy. The risk-based capital standards also provide for the consideration of interest rate risk
in the agency’s determination of a financial institution’s capital adequacy. The standards require financial institutions to effectively
measure and monitor their interest rate risk and to maintain capital adequate for that risk. These standards can be expected to be
amended from time to time.
11
The Dodd-Frank Act includes certain related provisions which are often referred to as the “Collins Amendment.” These
provisions are intended to subject bank holding companies to the same capital requirements as their bank subsidiaries and to eliminate
or significantly reduce the use of hybrid capital instruments, especially trust preferred securities, as regulatory capital. Under the
Collins Amendment, trust preferred securities issued by a company, such as our company, with total consolidated assets of less than
$15 billion before May 19, 2010 and treated as regulatory capital are grandfathered, but any such securities issued later are not eligible
as regulatory capital. The federal banking regulators issued final rules setting minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements
for holding companies and banks on a consolidated basis that are no less stringent than the generally applicable requirements in effect
for depository institutions under the prompt corrective action regulations discussed below and other components of the Collins
Amendment.
Basel III Capital Rules
In July 2013, the Company’s primary federal regulator, the Federal Reserve, and the Bank’s primary federal regulator, the
FDIC, approved final rules, which we refer to as the New Capital Rules, establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S.
banking organizations. The New Capital Rules generally implement the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s December 2010
final capital framework referred to as “Basel III” for strengthening international capital standards. The New Capital Rules
substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and their depository institution
subsidiaries, including us and the Bank, as compared to the current U.S. general risk-based capital rules. The New Capital Rules
revise the definitions and the components of regulatory capital, as well as address other issues affecting the numerator in banking
institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. The New Capital Rules also address asset risk weights and other matters affecting the
denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing general risk-weighting approach, which was
derived from the Basel Committee’s 1988 “Basel I” capital accords, with a more risk-sensitive approach based, in part, on the
“standardized approach” in the Basel Committee’s 2004 “Basel II” capital accords. In addition, the New Capital Rules implement
certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the requirements of Section 939A to remove references to credit ratings from the
federal agencies’ rules. The New Capital Rules became effective for us and the Bank on January 1, 2015, subject to phase-in periods
for certain of their components and other provisions.
Among other matters, the New Capital Rules: (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1,” or CET1
and related regulatory capital ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets; (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional
Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements; (iii) mandate that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital
measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions from and
adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations. Under the New Capital Rules, for most banking organizations, the most
common form of Additional Tier 1 capital is non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and the most common form of Tier 2 capital is
subordinated notes and a portion of the allocation for loan and lease losses, in each case, subject to the New Capital Rules’ specific
requirements.
Pursuant to the New Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2015, with the first measurement date as of
March 31, 2015, are as follows:
4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;
6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets;
8.0% Total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and
4% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the “leverage
ratio”).
The New Capital Rules also introduce a new “capital conservation buffer”, composed entirely of CET1, on top of these
minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress.
Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the capital conservation buffer will
face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. Thus, when fully phased-in
on January 1, 2019, we and the Bank will be required to maintain such additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1,
effectively resulting in minimum ratios of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of
at least 8.5%, and (iii) Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%.
12
The New Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the
requirement that deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss
carrybacks and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such
category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such items, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of CET1.
In addition, under the current general risk-based capital rules, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss,
or AOCI, items included in shareholders’ equity (for example, marks-to-market of securities held in the available for sale portfolio)
under U.S. GAAP are reversed for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios. Pursuant to the New Capital Rules, the
effects of certain AOCI items are not excluded; however, non-advanced approaches banking organizations, including us and the Bank,
may make a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items. This election must be made concurrently with the first
filing of certain of our and the Bank’s periodic regulatory reports in the beginning of 2015. We and the Bank made this election in
order to avoid significant variations in the level of capital depending upon the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the fair value of
our securities portfolio. The New Capital Rules also preclude certain hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, from
inclusion in bank holding companies’ Tier 1 capital, subject to grandfathering in the case of bank holding companies, such as us, that
had less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009. Implementation of the deductions and other
adjustments to CET1 began on January 1, 2015 and will be phased-in over a 4-year period (beginning at 40% on January 1, 2015 and
an additional 20% per year thereafter). The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at the
0.625% level and increase by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019.
With respect to the Bank, the New Capital Rules revise the “prompt corrective action” or PCA, regulations adopted pursuant
to Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, by: (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each PCA category (other than
critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1
capital ratio requirement for each category, with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8% (as compared to
the current 6%); and (iii) eliminating the current provision that provides that a bank with a composite supervisory rating of 1 may have
a 3% leverage ratio and still be adequately capitalized. The New Capital Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement
for any PCA category.
The New Capital Rules prescribe a new standardized approach for risk weightings that expand the risk-weighting categories
from the current four Basel I-derived categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories,
depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain
equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset classes.
We believe that we and the Bank will continue to be able to meet targeted capital ratios. Actual ratios are shown in the
following paragraph.
Prompt Corrective Action. Federal banking agencies must take prompt supervisory and regulatory actions against
undercapitalized depository institutions pursuant to the Prompt Corrective Action provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
Depository institutions are assigned one of five capital categories—“well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,”
“significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized”—and are subjected to differential regulation corresponding to the
capital category within which the institution falls. Under certain circumstances, a well-capitalized, adequately capitalized or
undercapitalized institution may be treated as if the institution were in the next lower capital category. As we describe in Item 7,
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources,” an
institution is deemed to be well capitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at
least 6.0% and a leverage ratio of at least 5%. An institution is adequately capitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least
8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4% and a leverage ratio of at least 4%. At December 31, 2015, our total risk-based
capital ratio was 14.88%, our Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 14.67% and our leverage ratio was 7.17% while the Bank’s ratios
were 14.18%, 13.98% and 6.90%, respectively and, accordingly, both we and the Bank were “well capitalized” within the meaning of
the regulations. A depository institution is generally prohibited from making capital distributions (including paying dividends) or
paying management fees to a holding company if the institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. Adequately capitalized
institutions cannot accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits except with a waiver from the FDIC, and are subject to restrictions on
the interest rates that can be paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions may not accept, renew, or roll over brokered
deposits.
Bank regulatory agencies are permitted or, in certain cases, required to take action with respect to institutions falling within
one of the three undercapitalized categories. Depending on the level of an institution’s capital, the agency’s corrective powers
include, among other things:
13
prohibiting the payment of principal and interest on subordinated debt;
prohibiting the holding company from making distributions without prior regulatory approval;
placing limits on asset growth and restrictions on activities;
placing additional restrictions on transactions with affiliates;
restricting the interest rate the institution may pay on deposits;
prohibiting the institution from accepting deposits from correspondent banks; and
in the most severe cases, appointing a conservator or receiver for the institution.
A banking institution that is undercapitalized must submit a capital restoration plan. This plan will not be accepted unless,
among other things, the banking institution’s holding company guarantees the plan up to an agreed-upon amount. Any guarantee by a
depository institution’s holding company is entitled to a priority of payment in bankruptcy. Failure to implement a capital plan, or
failure to have a capital restoration plan accepted, may result in a conservatorship or receivership.
As noted above, the New Capital Rules became effective as of January 1, 2015, with the first measurement date as of
March 31, 2015 subject to phased implementation in certain respects, and revised the PCA regulations.
Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Bank’s deposits are insured to the maximum extent permitted by the Deposit Insurance
Fund or DIF. Upon enactment of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 on October 3, 2008, federal deposit insurance
coverage levels under the DIF temporarily increased from $100,000 to $250,000 per deposit category, per depositor, per institution,
through December 31, 2009. On May 20, 2009, the Helping Families Save Their Homes Act extended the temporary increase through
December 31, 2012. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increases the maximum amount of deposit insurance to $250,000 per deposit
category, per depositor, per institution retroactive to January 1, 2008. The Dodd-Frank Act provided unlimited deposit insurance
coverage on non-interest bearing transaction accounts through December 31, 2012. Due to the expiration of this unlimited deposit
insurance on December 31, 2012 beginning January 1, 2013 deposits held in non-interest bearing transaction accounts are aggregated
with any interest-bearing deposits the owner my hold in the same ownership category, and the combined total is insured up to at least
$250,000.
As the insurer, the FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of, and to require reporting by, FDIC-insured institutions.
The FDIC also may prohibit any FDIC-insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to
pose a serious threat to the DIF. The FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against banks.
The FDIC has implemented a risk-based assessment system under which FDIC-insured depository institutions pay annual
premiums at rates based on their risk classification. A bank’s risk classification is based on its capital levels and the level of
supervisory concern the bank poses to the regulators. Institutions assigned to higher risk classifications (that is, institutions that pose a
greater risk of loss to the DIF) pay assessments at higher rates than institutions that pose a lower risk. A decrease in the Bank’s capital
ratios or the occurrence of events that have an adverse effect on a bank’s asset quality, management, earnings, liquidity or sensitivity
to market risk could result in a substantial increase in deposit insurance premiums paid by the Bank, which would adversely affect
earnings. In addition, the FDIC can impose special assessments in certain instances. The range of assessments in the risk-based
system is a function of the reserve ratio in the DIF. Each insured institution is assigned to one of four risk categories based on
supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category
to which it is assigned. Unlike the other categories, Risk Category I contains further risk differentiation based on the FDIC’s analysis
of financial ratios, examination component ratings and other information. Assessment rates are determined by the FDIC and,
including potential adjustments to reflect an institution’s risk profile, currently range from five to nine basis points for the healthiest
institutions (Risk Category I) to 35 basis points of assessable liabilities for the riskiest (Risk Category IV). Rates may be increased an
additional ten basis points depending on the amount of brokered deposits utilized. The above rates apply to institutions with assets
under $10 billion. Other rates apply for larger or “highly complex” institutions. The FDIC may adjust rates uniformly from one
quarter to the next, except that no single adjustment can exceed three basis points. At December 31, 2015, the Bank’s DIF assessment
rate was 24 basis points. A reduction in the assessment rate will depend on future FDIC evaluations of the Bank.
Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has established 2.0% as the designated reserve ratio (DRR), that is, the ratio of the
DIF to insured deposits of the total industry. The FDIC has adopted a plan under which it will meet the statutory minimum DRR of
1.35% by September 30, 2020, the deadline imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FDIC to offset the
14
effect on institutions with assets of less than $10 billion of the increase in the statutory minimum DRR to 1.35% from the former
statutory minimum of 1.15%. The FDIC proposed rules in October 2015 regarding the offset. Under the proposal, banks with less
than $10 billion in assets would receive an assessment credit for the portion of their assessments that contribute to the increase from
1.15% to 1.35%. These rules have not yet been finalized.
Loans-to-One Borrower. Generally, a bank may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in
excess of 15% of its unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be lent, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and
surplus, if such loan is secured by specified collateral, generally readily marketable collateral (which is defined to include certain
financial instruments and bullion) and real estate. At December 31, 2015, the Bank’s limit on loans-to-one borrower was
$46.7 million ($77.8 million for secured loans).
Transactions with Affiliates and other Related Parties. There are various legal restrictions on the extent to which a financial
holding company and its nonbank subsidiaries can borrow or otherwise obtain credit from banking subsidiaries or engage in other
transactions with or involving those banking subsidiaries. The Bank’s authority to engage in transactions with related parties or
“affiliates” (that is, any entity that controls, controlled by or is under common control with an institution, including us and our non-
bank subsidiaries) is limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W promulgated thereunder. Section
23A restricts the aggregate amount of covered transactions with any individual affiliate to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus. At
December 31, 2015, we were not indebted to the Bank. The aggregate amount of covered transactions with all affiliates is limited to
20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus. Certain transactions with affiliates are required to be secured by collateral in an amount and of
a type described in Section 23A and the purchase of low quality assets from affiliates is generally prohibited. Section 23B generally
provides that certain transactions with affiliates, including loans and asset purchases, must be on terms and under circumstances,
including credit standards, that are substantially the same or at least as favorable to the institution as those prevailing at the time for
comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies.
The Dodd-Frank Act generally enhances the restrictions on transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the
Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and an increase in the amount of time for
which collateral requirements regarding covered credit transactions must be satisfied. Insider transaction limitations are expanded
through the strengthening of loan restrictions to insiders and the expansion of the types of transactions subject to the various limits,
including derivatives transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending or borrowing
transactions. Restrictions are also placed on certain assets sales to and from an insider to an institution including requirements that
such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, approved by the institution’s board of directors.
The Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders, as well as to entities
controlled by such persons, is governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O
of the Federal Reserve. Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders (i) be made on terms that are
substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable
transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable
features; and (ii) not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate,
which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the Bank’s capital. In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must
be approved by the Bank’s board of directors. At December 31, 2015, loans to related parties amounted to $1.8 million and at
December 31, 2014 such loans amounted to $30.9 million.
Standards for Safety and Soundness. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act requires each federal banking agency to prescribe
for all insured depository institutions standards relating to, among other things, internal controls, information and audit systems, loan
documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees, benefits and such other operational
and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. The federal banking agencies have adopted final regulations and
Interagency Guidelines Prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement these safety and soundness standards. The
guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at
insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an
institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an
acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.
Privacy. Financial institutions are required to disclose their policies for collecting and protecting confidential information.
Customers generally may prevent financial institutions from sharing nonpublic personal financial information with nonaffiliated third
parties except under narrow circumstances, such as the processing of transactions requested by the consumer or when the financial
15
institution is jointly sponsoring a product or service with a nonaffiliated third party. Additionally, financial institutions generally may
not disclose consumer account numbers to any nonaffiliated third party for use in telemarketing, direct mail marketing or other
marketing to consumers. The Bank has adopted privacy standards that we believe will satisfy regulatory scrutiny, and communicates
its privacy practices to its customers through privacy disclosures designed in a manner consistent with recommended model forms.
The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003, known as the FACT Act, provides consumers with the ability to
restrict companies from using certain information obtained from affiliates to make marketing solicitations. In general, a person is
prohibited from using information received from an affiliate to make a solicitation for marketing purposes to a consumer, unless the
consumer is given notice and had a reasonable opportunity to opt out of such solicitations. The rule permits opt-out notices to be
given by any affiliate that has a pre-existing business relationship with the consumer and permits a joint notice from two or more
affiliates. Moreover, such notice would not be applicable if the company using the information has a pre-existing business
relationship with the consumer. This notice may be combined with other required disclosures, including notices required under other
applicable privacy provisions.
Section 315 of the FACT Act requires each financial institution or creditor to develop and implement a written Identity Theft
Prevention Program to detect, prevent and mitigate identity theft in connection with the opening of certain accounts or certain existing
accounts. In accordance with this rule, the Bank was required to adopt “reasonable policies and procedures” to:
identify relevant red flags for covered accounts and incorporate those red flags into the program;
detect red flags that have been incorporated into the program;
respond appropriately to any red flags that are detected to prevent and mitigate identity theft; and
ensure the program is updated periodically, to reflect changes in risks to customers or to the safety and soundness of the
financial institution or creditor from identity theft.
Bank Secrecy Act: Anti-Money Laundering and Related Regulations. The Bank Secrecy Act, which we refer to as BSA,
requires the Bank to implement a risk-based compliance program in order to protect the Bank from being used as a conduit for
financial or other illicit crimes including but not limited to money laundering and terrorist financing. These rules are administered by
the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, a bureau of the U.S. Treasury Department, which we refer to as FinCEN. Under the law,
the Bank must have a board-approved written BSA-Anti-Money Laundering, which we refer to as AML, program which must contain
the following key requirements: (1) appointing responsible persons to manage the program, including a BSA Officer; (2) ongoing
training of all appropriate Bank staff and management on BSA-AML compliance; (3) developing a system of internal controls
(including appropriate policies, procedures and processes); and (4) requiring independent testing to ensure effective implementation of
the program and appropriate compliance. Under BSA regulations, the Bank is subject to various reporting requirements such as
currency transaction reporting (CTR) for all cash transactions initiated by or on behalf of a customer which, when aggregated, exceed
$10,000 per day. The Bank is also required to monitor customer activity and transactions and file a suspicious activity report, or SAR,
when suspicious activity is observed and the applicable dollar threshold for the observed suspicious activity is met. The BSA also
contains numerous recordkeeping requirements. For a description of a consent order with the FDIC under the BSA that imposes
certain requirements on the Bank, see Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations-Recent Developments” and “Risk Factors-Risks Relating to Our Business-The entry into the Consent Orders, as amended,
and a supervisory letter from the Federal Reserve have imposed certain restrictions and requirements on us and the Bank.”
On June 21, 2010, FinCEN proposed new rules as directed by the Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure
Act of 2009 to expand the reach of BSA-AML related compliance responsibilities to certain defined “prepaid access providers and
sellers, a class of money services businesses formerly either outside or lightly regulated under the BSA.” On July 26, 2011, FinCEN
issued its final rule imposing these affirmative BSA-AML compliance obligations. The Bank has evaluated the impact of these rules
on its operations and its third-party relationships, and has established internal processes accordingly.
USA PATRIOT Act. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and
Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, which we refer to as the USA PATRIOT Act, amended, in part, the BSA, by, in pertinent part,
criminalizing the financing of terrorism and augmenting the existing BSA framework by strengthening customer identification
procedures, requiring financial institutions to have due diligence procedures, including enhanced due diligence procedures and, most
significantly, improving information sharing between financial institutions and the U.S. government.
16
Under the USA PATRIOT Act, FinCEN can send bank regulatory agencies lists of the names of persons suspected of
involvement in terrorist activities or money laundering. The Bank must search its records for any relationships or transactions with
persons on those lists. If the Bank finds any relationships or transactions, it must report specific information to FinCEN and
implement other internal compliance procedures in accordance with the Bank’s BSA-AML compliance procedures.
The Office of Foreign Assets Control, which we refer to as OFAC, is a division of the U.S. Treasury Department, and
administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals against targeted
foreign countries, terrorists, international narcotics traffickers, and those engaged in activities related to the proliferation of weapons
of mass destruction. OFAC functions under the President’s wartime and national emergency powers, as well as under authority
granted by specific legislation, to impose controls on transactions and freeze assets under U.S. jurisdiction. In addition, many of the
sanctions are based on United Nations and other international mandates, and typically involve close cooperation with allied
governments. OFAC maintains lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist
acts, as well as sanctions programs for certain countries. If the Bank finds a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is
on an OFAC list, the Bank must freeze or block such account, and perform additional procedures as required by OFAC regulations.
The Bank filters its customer base and transactional activity against OFAC-issued lists. The Bank performs these checks utilizing
purpose directed software, which is updated each time a modification is made to the lists provided by OFAC and other agencies.
Other Consumer Protection Regulations. The Bank is subject to a wide range of consumer protection regulations which may
have an enterprise-wide impact or may principally govern its lending or deposit operations. To the extent the Bank engages third
party service providers in any aspect of its products and services, these third parties may also be subject to compliance with applicable
law, and must therefore be subject to Bank oversight.
Unfair or Deceptive or Abusive Acts or Practices. Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act prohibits all persons,
including financial institutions, from engaging in any unfair or deceptive acts or practices in or affecting commerce. The Dodd-Frank
Act codifies this prohibition, and expands it even further by prohibiting “abusive” practices as well. These prohibitions, which we
refer to as UDAAP, apply in all areas of the Bank, including marketing and advertising practices, product features, terms and
conditions, operational practices, and the conduct of third parties with whom the Bank may partner or on whom the Bank may rely in
bringing Bank products and services to consumers.
The Bank’s loan operations are also subject to federal consumer protection laws applicable to credit transactions, including:
the federal “Truth-In-Lending Act,” governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;
the “Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975,” requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public
and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs
of the community it serves;
the “Equal Credit Opportunity Act,” prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in
extending credit;
the “Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978,” as amended by the “Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act,” governing the
use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies, certain identity theft protections and certain credit and
other disclosures;
the “Fair Debt Collection Practices Act,” governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection
agencies;
the “Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act” prohibiting unfair, abusive or deceptive home mortgage lending
practices, restricting mortgage lending activities and providing advertising and mortgage disclosure standards.
the “Service Members Civil Relief Act;” postponing or suspending some civil obligations of service members during
periods of transition, deployment and other times; and
the rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing these federal
laws;
In addition, interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank will be subject to state usury laws and federal
laws concerning interest rates.
17
The deposit operations of the Bank are subject to various consumer protection laws including but not limited to:
the “Truth in Savings Act,” which imposes disclosure obligations to enable consumers to make informed decisions about
accounts at depository institutions;
the “Right to Financial Privacy Act,” which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and
prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;
the “Expedited Funds Availability Act” which establishes standards related to when financial institutions must make
various deposit items available for withdrawal, and requires depository institutions to disclose their availability policies
to their depositors;
the “Electronic Fund Transfer Act” and which governs electronic fund transfers to and withdrawals from deposit
accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic
banking services; and
the rules and regulations of various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing these federal laws.
Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, which we refer to as the CRA, a federally-
insured institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation to help meet the credit needs of its community, including low-and
moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the institution. The Bank shall delineate one or more
assessment areas within which the FDIC evaluates the bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its community. The CRA
further requires that a record be kept of whether a financial institution meets its community’s credit needs, which record will be taken
into account when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches and mergers and acquisitions. The CRA further
requires that a record be kept of whether a financial institution meets its community’s credit needs, which record will be taken into
account when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches and mergers and acquisitions. The regulations
promulgated pursuant to the CRA contain three evaluation tests:
a lending test evaluates a bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its assessment area(s) through its lending
activities by considering a bank's home mortgage, small business, small farm, and community development lending.;
a service test, evaluates a bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its assessment area(s) by analyzing both the
availability and effectiveness of a bank's systems for delivering retail banking services and the extent and innovativeness
of its community development services; and
an investment test, evaluates a bank's record of helping to meet the credit needs of its assessment area(s) through
qualified investments that benefit its assessment area(s) or a broader statewide or regional area that includes the bank's
assessment area(s).
The Bank was examined for CRA compliance in 2015 and received a “needs to improve” rating for the 2015 examination
which covered the period from 2012 through June 2, 2015. As a result of the current rating, certain business restrictions are in place,
including FDIC limits on change in control, new branches, branch relocation, main office relocation, and mergers (regular, interim or
corporate reorganizations). The Federal Reserve Bank restrictions include limitations on holding company commencement of direct
or indirect new financial activity and holding company change in control. The Federal Housing Finance Agency has also imposed
restrictions on receiving long-term advances and participating in their Affordable Housing Program and Community Investment Cash
Advances Program.
Given the nature of the private label branchless banking services the Bank offers, during the course of the examination the
Bank elected to develop a CRA Strategic Plan to meet its regulatory requirements. Once the CRA Strategic Plan is approved, the
Bank will operate under approved customized regulatory standards it believes will provide improved opportunities for performance.
The Bank continues to closely monitor its performance in alignment with the CRA Strategic Plan to meet with lending, service and
investment requirements.
Enforcement. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the FDIC has the authority to bring actions against a bank and all
affiliated parties, including stockholders, attorneys, appraisers and accountants, who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful
actions likely to have an adverse effect on the bank. Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or
cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors to institution of receivership or conservatorship proceedings, or
termination of deposit insurance. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and can amount to $25,000 per day, or even $1
million per day in especially egregious cases. Federal law also establishes criminal penalties for certain violations.
18
Federal Reserve System. Federal Reserve regulations require banks to maintain non-interest bearing reserves against their
transaction accounts (primarily negotiated order of withdrawal, or NOW, and regular checking accounts). For 2015, Federal Reserve
regulations generally required that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: for accounts aggregating
$89.1 million or less (subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve), the reserve requirement is 3%; and, for accounts aggregating
greater than $89.1 million, the reserve requirement is 10% (subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve to between 8% and 14%).
The first $14.5 million of otherwise reservable balances (subject to adjustments by the Federal Reserve) are exempt from the reserve
requirements. At December 31, 2015, the Bank met these requirements by maintaining $266.8 million in cash and balances at the
Federal Reserve Bank.
Regulatory Reform
On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act (as amended) implements far-reaching
changes across the financial regulatory landscape, including provisions that, among other things, will or have already:
Centralize responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection
Bureau, or the CFPB, with broad rulemaking, supervision and enforcement authority for a wide range of consumer
protection laws that would apply to all banks and certain others, including the examination and enforcement powers with
respect to any bank with more than $10 billion in assets. The CFPB has been officially established and has begun
issuing rules, taking consumer complaints and performing its other core functions.
Restrict the preemption of state consumer financial protection law by federal law and disallow subsidiaries and affiliates
of national banks, from availing themselves of such preemption.
Require new capital rules and apply the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured
depository institutions to most bank holding companies.
Require publicly-traded bank holding companies with assets of $10 billion or more to establish a risk committee
responsible for enterprise-wide risk management practices.
Change the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to consolidated average
assets less tangible capital.
Increase the minimum ratio of net worth to insured deposits of the DIF from 1.15% to 1.35% and require the FDIC, in
setting assessments, to offset the effect of the increase on institutions with assets of less than $10 billion.
Provide for new disclosure and other requirements relating to executive compensation and corporate governance,
including guidelines or regulations on incentive-based compensation and a prohibition on compensation arrangements
that encourage inappropriate risks or that could provide excessive compensation.
Make permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance and provide unlimited federal deposit insurance until
January 1, 2013 for non-interest bearing demand transaction accounts and IOLTA accounts at all insured depository
institutions.
Repeal the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions
to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts.
Allow de novo interstate branching by banks.
Give the Federal Reserve the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit
transactions by payment card issuers having assets over $10 billion and to enforce a new statutory requirement that such
fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer. The Federal Reserve has issued final
rules under this provision that limit the swipe fees that a debit card issuer can charge merchants to 21 cents per
transaction plus 5 basis points of the transaction value, subject to an adjustment for fraud prevention costs.
Increase the authority of the Federal Reserve to examine the holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries.
Require all bank holding companies to serve as a source of financial strength to their depository institution subsidiaries
in the event such subsidiaries suffer from financial distress.
Restrict proprietary trading by banks, bank holding companies and others, and their acquisition and retention of
ownership interests in and sponsorship of hedge funds and private equity funds. This restriction is commonly referred to
as the “Volcker Rule.” There is an exception in the Volcker Rule to allow a bank to organize and offer hedge funds and
19
private equity funds to customers if certain conditions are met. These conditions include, among others, requirements
that the bank provides bona fide investment advisory services; the funds are organized only in connection with such
services and to customers of such services; the bank does not have more than a de minimis interest in the funds, limited
to a 3% ownership interest in any single fund and an aggregated investment in all funds of 3% of Tier 1 capital; the bank
does not guarantee the obligations or performance of the funds; and no director or employee of the bank has an
ownership interest in the fund unless he or she provides services directly to the funds.
Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking and will take effect over several years. Specific rulemaking
intended to implement provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act is underway and is addressed elsewhere in this section as applicable. It is
difficult to predict the extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act or the resulting regulations may impact us. However, compliance with
these new laws and regulations may increase our costs, limit our ability to pursue attractive business opportunities, cause us to modify
our strategies and business operations and increase our capital requirements and constraints, any of which may have a material adverse
impact on our business, financial condition, liquidity or results of operations. We cannot predict whether, or in what form any
proposed regulation or statute will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected by any new regulation or statute.
Volcker Rule Adoption. On December 10, 2013, five financial regulatory agencies, including our primary federal regulators
the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, adopted final rules (the “Final Volcker Rules”) implementing the Volcker Rule embodied in
Section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act, which was added by Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Final Volcker Rules
prohibit banking entities from (1) engaging in short-term proprietary trading for their own accounts, and (2) having certain ownership
interests in and relationships with hedge funds or private equity funds (“covered funds”). The Final Volcker Rules also require each
regulated entity to establish an internal compliance program that is consistent with the extent to which it engages in activities covered
by the Final Volcker Rules, which must include (for the largest entities) making regular reports about those activities to
regulators. Smaller banks and community banks, including the Bank, are afforded some relief under the Final Volcker Rules. Smaller
banks, including the Bank, that are engaged only in exempted proprietary trading, such as trading in U.S. government, agency, state
and municipal obligations, are exempt from compliance program requirements. Moreover, even if a community or small bank
engages in proprietary trading or covered fund activities under the Final Volcker Rules, they need only incorporate references to the
Volcker Rule into their existing policies and procedures. The Final Rules became effective April 1, 2014, but the conformance period
was extended from its statutory end date of July 21, 2014 until July 21, 2016. We do not at this time expect the Final Volcker Rules to
have a material impact on our operations.
Prepaid Rules Proposed by the CFPB. On December 23, 2014, the CFPB published a proposed rule that would regulate
prepaid products, including physical cards as well as codes and other devices. The proposed rule would, among other things, cause
prepaid products to be fully-covered by Regulation E, which implements the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, and to be covered by
Regulation Z, which implements the Truth in Lending Act, to the extent the prepaid product accesses a “credit” feature.
The proposed rule and related commentary is over 230 pages in length and provides significant discussion, materials and
commentary that we are currently assessing. The proposed rule includes a significant number of changes to the regulatory framework
for prepaid products, some of which include: (a) establishing a definition of “prepaid account” within Regulation E that includes
reloadable and non-reloadable physical cards, as well as codes or other devices, and focuses on how the product is issued and used;
(b) modifying Regulation E to require that short form and long form disclosures be provided to a consumer prior to a consumer
agreeing to acquire a prepaid account with certain exceptions and with specified forms that, if used, would provide a safe harbor for
financial institutions; (c) extending to prepaid accounts the periodic transaction history and statement requirements of Regulation E
currently applicable to payroll and Federal government benefit accounts; (d) extending the error resolution and limited liability
provisions of Regulation E currently applicable to payroll cards to registered network branded prepaid cards; (e) requiring financial
institutions to post prepaid account agreements to the issuers’ websites and to submit them to the CFPB; (f) extending Regulation Z’s
credit card rules and disclosure requirements to prepaid accounts that provide overdraft protection and other credit features; (g)
requiring an issuer to obtain a prepaid account holder’s consent prior to adding overdraft services or other credit features and
prohibiting the issuer from adding overdraft services or other credit features for at least 30 calendar days after a consumer registers the
prepaid account; (h) prohibiting the application of different terms and conditions, such as charging different fees, to a prepaid account
depending on whether the consumer elects to link the prepaid account to overdraft services or other credit features.
As of the date of this filing, it is not clear if the CFPB will adopt the proposed rule in whole or in part, or with modifications,
and there is no known timeframe for the CFPB taking further action on the proposed rule.
Consumer Protections for Remittance Transfers. On February 7, 2012, the CFPB published a final rule to implement Section
1073 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule creates a comprehensive set of consumer protections for remittance transfers sent by
20
consumers in the United States to parties in foreign countries. The final rule, among other things, mandates certain disclosures and
consumer cancellation rights for foreign remittances covered by the rule.
Federal Regulatory Guidance on Incentive Compensation. On June 21, 2010, federal banking regulators released final
guidance on sound incentive compensation policies for banking organizations. This guidance, which covers all employees that have
the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization either individually or as part of a group, is based upon key principles
including: (1) incentive compensation arrangements at a banking organization should provide employees incentives that appropriately
balance risk and financial results in a manner that does not encourage employees to expose their organizations to imprudent risk; (2)
these arrangements should be compatible with effective controls and risk-management; and (3) these arrangements should be
supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors. The final
guidance seeks to address the safety and soundness risks of incentive compensation practices to ultimately be sure that compensation
practices are not structured in a manner to give employees incentives to take imprudent risks. Federal regulators intend to actively
monitor the actions being taken by banking organizations with respect to incentive compensation arrangements and will review and
update their guidance as appropriate to incorporate best practices that emerge.
The Federal Reserve will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation
arrangements of banking organizations such as ours that are not considered “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews
will be tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive
compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will
be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take
other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related
risk-management controls or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not
taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.
In February 2011, the Federal Reserve, the Office of Comptroller of the Currency and the FDIC approved a joint proposed
rulemaking to implement Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which prohibits incentive-based compensation arrangements that
encourage inappropriate risk taking by covered financial institutions and that are deemed to be excessive, or that may lead to material
losses.
Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies. The commercial banking business is affected not only by general economic
conditions but also by both U.S. fiscal policy and the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve. Some of the instruments of fiscal and
monetary policy available to the Federal Reserve include changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings, the fluctuating
availability of borrowings at the “discount window,” open market operations, the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements
against member banks’ deposits and assets of foreign branches, the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements against certain
borrowings by banks and their affiliates, and the placing of limits on interest rates that member banks may pay on time and savings
deposits. Such policies influence to a significant extent the overall growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits and the interest
rates charged on loans or paid on time and savings deposits (see “Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations”). We cannot predict the nature of future fiscal and monetary policies and the effect of such
policies on the future business and our earnings.
Delaware Regulation
General. As a Delaware financial holding company, we are subject to the supervision of and periodic examination by the
Delaware Office of the State Bank Commissioner and must comply with the reporting requirements of the Delaware Office of the
State Bank Commissioner. The Bank, as a banking corporation chartered under Delaware law, is subject to comprehensive regulation
by the Delaware Office of the State Bank Commissioner, including regulation of the conduct of its internal affairs, the extent and
exercise of its banking powers, the issuance of capital notes or debentures, any mergers, consolidations or conversions, its lending and
investment practices and its revolving and closed-end credit practices. The Bank also is subject to periodic examination by the
Delaware Office of the State Bank Commissioner and must comply with the reporting requirements of the Delaware Office of the
State Bank Commissioner. The Delaware Office of the State Bank Commissioner has the power to issue cease and desist orders
prohibiting unsafe and unsound practices in the conduct of a banking business.
Limitation on Dividends. Under Delaware banking law, the Bank’s directors may declare dividends on common or preferred
stock of so much of its net profits as they judge expedient; but the Bank must, before the declaration of a dividend on common stock
from net profits, carry 50% of its net profits of the preceding period for which the dividend is paid to its surplus fund until its surplus
21
fund amounts to 50% of its capital stock and thereafter must carry 25% of its net profits for the preceding period for which the
dividend is paid to its surplus fund until its surplus fund amounts to 100% of its capital stock. The Bank’s payment of dividends is
also governed by federal banking laws and regulations promulgated by the FDIC, and by an amendment to the 2014 Consent Order
with the FDIC which provides that any payment of dividends by the Bank must receive prior approval from the FDIC.
Gibraltar and European Union Regulation
TPL, our wholly-owned subsidiary, is an electronic money issuer organized in Gibraltar and licensed by the Gibraltar
Financial Services Commission or the FSC. As a licensed e-money issuer operating in Gibraltar and in other countries in the EU and
EEA, TPL is subject to the laws and regulations of Gibraltar and any EU or EEA countries in which it does or may operate. TPL is
subject to supervision and regulation by the FSC. As TPL’s primary regulator, the FSC conducts regular examinations of TPL and
TPL must file annual and other periodic reports.
Laws applicable to TPL include, without limitation, the Financial Services (Electronic Money) Regulations of 2011, which
we refer to as the E-Money Regulations, promulgated by the FSC and the Data Protection Directive (Directive 95/46/EC). In January
2012, the European Commission proposed a comprehensive reform of the Data Protection Directive. As of December 31, 2015, the
proposed rules had not been passed by the European Parliament. The E-Money Regulations impose upon TPL substantive rules
governing TPL’s operation of e-money services, including rules requiring TPL to maintain certain minimum capital levels, governing
the safeguarding of cardholder funds, and penalties for any violations. Any change in the laws, regulations and policies of the
Gibraltar Parliament, the European Union, its member countries, or any other country in which TPL operates, could have a material
adverse impact on TPL and its operations.
Employees
As of December 31, 2015, we had 762 full-time employees and believe our relationships with our employees to be good. Our
employees are not employed under a collective bargaining agreement.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Risks Relating to Our Business
Our business may be affected materially by various risks and uncertainties. Any of the risks described below or elsewhere in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K or our other SEC filings, as well as other risks we have not identified, may have a material
negative impact on our financial condition and operating results.
The Bank’s allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.
Like all financial institutions, the Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses to provide for probable losses inherent in its
loan portfolio. At December 31, 2015, the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to loans was 0.41%. The Bank’s allowance for loan
losses may not be adequate to cover actual loan losses and future provisions for loan losses could materially and adversely affect the
Bank’s operating results. The Bank’s allowance for loan losses is determined by management after analyzing historical loan losses,
current trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, plans for problem loan resolution, changes in the size and composition of the loan
portfolio and industry information. Also included in management’s estimates for loan losses are considerations with respect to the
impact of economic events, the outcome of which are uncertain. The determination by management of the allowance for loan losses
involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires management to estimate current and future credit risk based on both qualitative and
quantitative facts, each of which is subject to significant change. The amount of future loan losses is susceptible to changes in
economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates that may be beyond the Bank’s control, and these loan
losses may exceed current estimates. Bank regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, review the Bank’s
loans and allowance for loan losses. Although we believe that the Bank’s allowance for loan losses is adequate to provide for
probable losses and that the methodology used by the Bank to determine the amount of both the allowance and provision is effective,
we cannot assure you that we will not need to increase the Bank’s allowance for loan losses, change our methodology for determining
our allowance and provision for loan losses or that our regulators will not require us to increase this allowance. Any of these
occurrences could materially reduce our earnings and profitability and could result in our sustaining losses. For risks which are
specific to the different types of loans we make and which could impact the allowance for loan losses, see Item 1,” Business –Lending
Activities.”
22
The Bank may suffer losses in its loan portfolio despite its underwriting practices.
The Bank seeks to mitigate the risks inherent in its loan portfolio by adhering to specific underwriting practices. These
practices vary depending on the facts and circumstances of each loan, but generally include analysis of a borrower’s prior credit
history, financial statements, tax returns and cash flow projections, valuation of certain types of collateral based on reports of
independent appraisers and verification of liquid assets. Although the Bank believes that its underwriting criteria are appropriate for
the various kinds of loans it makes, the Bank may incur losses on loans that meet its underwriting criteria, and these losses may
exceed the amounts set aside as reserves in the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. If the level of non-performing assets increases,
interest income will be reduced. If we experience loan defaults in excess of amounts that we have included in our allowance for loan
losses, we will have to increase the provision for loan losses which will reduce our income and might cause us to incur losses.
Weak conditions in the U.S. economy and the credit markets have had, and may continue to have, significant adverse effects
on our assets and operating results.
Since the end to the recession in 2009, the United States economy has been subject to low rates of growth in general and, in
particular localities, recession-like conditions have occurred. As a result, the financial system in the United States, including credit
markets and markets for real estate and real-estate related assets, have periodically been subject to weakness. These weaknesses have
episodically resulted in declines in the availability of credit, reduction in the values of real estate and real estate–related assets, the
reduction of markets for those assets and impairment of the ability of certain borrowers to repay their obligations. As a result of these
conditions, we increased our provision for loan losses, and experienced an increase in the amount of loans charged off and non-
performing assets in our commercial loan portfolio which are now reflected in discontinued operations. Rated investment securities,
generally considered to be less risky than loans have in recent economic periods, in certain instances, experienced greater than
expected losses, which could recur. The Federal Reserve has continued to maintain interest rates at historically low levels to foster a
more rapid and full recovery. However, a continuation of weak economic conditions could further harm our financial condition and
results of operations.
We are subject to extensive government regulation and supervision.
The Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary The Bancorp Bank, are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision.
Our subsidiary in the European Union, TPL, is also subject to the laws of Gibraltar and all other European Union and European
Economic Areas countries in which it operates. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect customers, depositors’ funds,
the federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not stockholders. These regulations affect the Bank’s lending
practices, capital structure and requirements, investment activities, dividend policy, product offerings, expansionary strategies and
growth, among other things. The legal and regulatory landscape is frequently changing as Congress and the regulatory agencies
having jurisdiction over our operations adopt or amend laws, or change interpretation of existing statutes, regulations or policies.
These changes could affect the Company, the Bank and TPL in substantial and unpredictable ways. Additionally, while we have
policies and procedures designed to prevent violations of the extensive federal and state regulations that we are subject to, there can be
no assurance that such violations will not occur. Failure to comply with these statutes, regulations or policies could result in sanctions
against us or the Bank by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties, reputational damage, and a downgrade in the Bank’s ratings for
capital adequacy, asset quality, management, earnings, liquidity and market sensitivity, any of which alone or in combination could
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations
The entry into the Consent Orders, as amended, and a supervisory letter from the Federal Reserve, have imposed certain
restrictions and requirements upon us and the Bank.
The Bank entered into a Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of a Consent Order effective August 7, 2012, which we refer
to as the 2012 Consent Order. The Bank took this action without admitting or denying any charges of unsafe or unsound banking
practices or violations of law or regulation. Under the 2012 Consent Order, the Bank agreed to increase its supervision of third party
relationships, develop new written compliance and related internal audit compliance programs, develop a new third-party risk
management program and screen new third party relationships as provided in the Consent Order. As part of the Consent Order, the
Bank agreed to pay a civil money penalty in the amount of $172,000, which was paid in 2012.
On June 5, 2014, the Bank entered into a Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of a Consent Order with the FDIC, which
we refer to as the 2014 Consent Order. The Bank took this action without admitting or denying any charges of unsafe or unsound
banking practices or violations of law or regulation relating to the Bank’s Bank Secrecy Act, or BSA, compliance program. The 2014
23
Consent Order requires the Bank to take certain affirmative actions to comply with its BSA obligations. See “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations – Recent Developments.” Satisfaction of the requirements
of the 2014 Consent Order is subject to the review of the FDIC and the Delaware State Bank Commissioner. The Bank has and
expects to continue to expend significant management and financial resources to address the Bank’s BSA compliance program which
will reduce our net income. Expenses associated with the required look back review were significant in 2015 and are expected to
continue into second quarter 2016.
Until the Bank submits to the FDIC a BSA report summarizing the completion of certain corrective action, the 2014 Consent
Order restricts the Bank from signing and boarding new independent sales organizations, establishing new non-benefit reloadable
prepaid card programs and originating Automated Clearing House transactions for new merchant-related payments. Until the BSA
Report is submitted to and approved by the FDIC and Delaware State Bank Commissioner, those aspects of the growth of our card
payment processing and prepaid card operations will be affected, which, unless offset by growth from existing customers and new
customers in other areas of our prepaid card operations, could reduce growth of our deposits and non-interest income and, possibly,
limit our ability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms.
On August 27, 2015, the Bank entered into an Amendment to Consent Order, or the 2014 Consent Order Amendment, with
the FDIC, amending the 2014 Consent Order. The Bank took this action without admitting or denying any additional charges of
unsafe or unsound banking practices or violations of law or regulation relating to continued weaknesses in the Bank’s BSA
compliance program. The 2014 Consent Order Amendment provides that the Bank shall not declare or pay any dividend without the
prior written consent of the FDIC and for certain assurances regarding management.
On May 11, 2015, the Federal Reserve issued a letter, or the Supervisory Letter, to us as a result of the 2014 Consent Order
and the 2014 Consent Order Amendment, (which, at the time of the Supervisory Letter, was in proposed form), which provides that
we shall not pay any dividends on our common stock or make any distributions to TPL or its subsidiaries, or make any interest
payments on our trust preferred securities, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve. It further provides that we may
not incur any debt (excluding payables in the ordinary course of business) or redeem any shares of our stock, without the prior written
approval of the Federal Reserve.
On December 23, 2015 the Bank entered into a Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of an Amended Consent Order, Order
for Restitution, and Order to Pay Civil Money Penalty with the FDIC, which we refer to as the 2015 Consent Order. The Bank took
this action without admitting or denying any charges of violations of law or regulation. The 2015 Consent Order amends and restates
in its entirety the terms of the 2012 Consent Order.
The 2015 Consent Order was based on FDIC allegations regarding electronic fund transfer, or EFT, error resolution practices,
account termination practices and fee practices of various third parties with whom the Bank had previously provided, or currently
provides, deposit-related products which we refer to as Third Parties. The 2015 Consent Order continues the Bank's obligations
originally set forth in the 2012 Consent Order, including its obligations to increase board oversight of the Bank's compliance
management system, or CMS, improve the Bank's CMS, enhance its internal audit program, increase its management and oversight of
Third Parties, and correct any apparent violations of law.
In addition to restating the general terms of the 2012 Consent Order, the 2015 Consent Order directs the Bank’ Board to
establish a Complaint and Error Claim Oversight and Review Committee, which we refer to as the Complaint and Error Claim
Committee to review and oversee the Bank’s processes and practices for handling, monitoring and resolving consumer complaints and
EFT error claims (whether received directly or through Third Parties) and to review management's plans for correcting any
weaknesses that may be found in such processes and practices; and implement a corrective action plan regarding those prepaid
cardholders who asserted or attempted to assert EFT error claims and to provide restitution to cardholders harmed by EFT error
resolution practices. The Bank’s Board of Directors appointed the required Complaint and Error Claim Committee on January 29,
2016. The Bank has begun to implement a corrective action plan accordingly.
The 2015 Consent Order also imposed a $3 million civil money penalty on the Bank, which the Bank has paid and which was
recognized as expense in the fourth quarter of 2015. The 2015 Consent Order further requires that if, through the corrective action
plan, the Bank identifies prepaid cardholders who have been adversely affected by a denial or failure to resolve an EFT error claim,
the Bank will ensure that monetary restitution is made. Neither we nor the Bank can predict the amount of any restitution which may
be required, or the amount, if any, that the Bank may pay in connection therewith. Under the Bank's agreements with Third Parties,
we believe that restitution is reimbursable to the Bank.
24
We cannot assure you that that our regulators will ultimately determine that we have met all of the requirements of the 2014
Consent Order, as amended, the 2015 Consent Order or the Supervisory Letter to their satisfaction. We refer collectively to the 2014
Consent Order, the 2014 Consent Order Amendment and the 2015 Consent Order, as the Consent Orders. If our regulators believe
that we have not made sufficient progress in complying with these Consent Orders, they could seek to impose additional regulatory
requirements, operational restrictions, enhanced supervision and/or civil money penalties. If any of these measures is imposed in the
future, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and on our ability to raise additional
capital on acceptable terms.
Our reputation and business could be damaged by our entry into the Consent Orders with the FDIC and other negative
publicity.
Reputational risk, or the risk to our business, earnings and capital from negative publicity, is inherent in our business.
Negative publicity can result from actual or alleged conduct in a number of areas, including legal and regulatory compliance, lending
practices, corporate governance, litigation, inadequate protection of customer data, ethical behavior of our employees, and from
actions taken by regulators and others as a result of that conduct. Damage to our reputation, including as a result of negative publicity
associated with the Consent Orders or the Supervisory Letter and the class action filed in July 2014, now or in the future could impact
our ability to attract new and maintain existing loan and deposit customers, employees and business relationships, and could result in
the imposition of additional regulatory requirements, operational restrictions, enhanced supervision and/or civil money penalties.
Such damage could also adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms.
The provisions contained in the Consent Orders present interpretive challenges that may give rise to a difference of
interpretation by us and our regulators.
The provisions of the Consent Orders and the Supervisory Letter are subject to interpretation and may give rise to differing
views between us and our regulators with respect to their scope and application. Accordingly, management, employees at all levels,
and legal counsel of the Bank face significant challenges in applying the terms of the Consent Orders and the Supervisory Letter to the
myriad factual scenarios that arise in the ordinary course of business. While we have sought, and will continue to seek, guidance from
our regulators as to the application of the Consent Orders and the Supervisory Letter on our business, there can be no assurance that
our regulators will provide such guidance or that we and our regulators will interpret the terms of the Consent Orders and the
Supervisory Letter uniformly in every instance.
If the regulators interpret the Consent Orders or the Supervisory Letter in a manner contrary to our interpretation despite our
good faith efforts to comply, the FDIC may conclude a violation has occurred, which may result in the imposition of additional
regulatory requirements, operational restrictions, enhanced supervision and/or civil money penalties.
We may have difficulty managing our growth which may divert resources and limit our ability to expand our operations
successfully.
Our future profitability will depend in part on our continued ability to grow; however, we may not be able to sustain our
historical growth rate or be able to grow. Our future success will depend on the ability of our officers and key employees to continue
to implement and improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and manage a
growing number of customer relationships. We may not implement improvements to our management information and control
systems in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing systems and controls. Consequently, any future
growth may place a strain on our administrative and operational infrastructure. Any such strain could increase our costs, reduce or
eliminate our profitability and reduce the price at which our common shares trade.
New lines of business, and new products and services may result in exposure to new risks.
The Bank has introduced, and in the future may introduce, new products and services to differing markets either alone or in
conjunction with third parties. New lines of business, products or services could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our
system of internal controls or the controls of third parties and could reduce our revenues and potentially generate losses. There are
material inherent risks and uncertainties associated with offering new products and services, especially when new markets are not
fully developed or when the laws and regulations regarding a new product are not mature. New products and services, or entrance into
new markets, may require substantial time, resources and capital, and profitability targets may not be achieved. Factors outside of our
control, such as developing laws and regulations, regulatory orders, competitive product offerings and changes in commercial and
consumer demand for products or services may also materially impact the successful launch and implementation of new products or
25
services. Failure to manage these risks, or failure of any product or service offerings to be successful and profitable, could have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Changes in interest rates could reduce our income, cash flows and asset values.
A significant portion of our income and cash flows depends on the difference between the interest rates we earn on interest
earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and the interest rates we pay on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and
borrowings. The value of our assets, and particularly loans with fixed or capped rates of interest, may also vary with interest rate
changes. We discuss the effects of interest rate changes on the market value of our portfolio and net interest income in
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Asset and Liability Management.”
Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors which are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of
various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Reserve. Changes in monetary policy, including changes
in interest rates, will influence not only the interest we receive on our loans and investment securities and the amount of interest we
pay on deposits, but also our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits and our costs in doing so. If the rate of interest we pay on
our deposits and other borrowings increases more than the rate of interest we earn on our loans and other investments, our net interest
income, and therefore our earnings, could decline or we could sustain losses. Our earnings could also decline or we could sustain
losses if the rates on our loans and other investments fall more quickly than those on our deposits and other borrowings. While the
Bank is generally asset sensitive, which implies that significant increases in market rates would generally increase margins, while
decreases in interest rates would generally decrease margins, we cannot assure you that increases or decreases in margins will follow
such a pattern in the future.
We are subject to lending risks.
There are risks inherent in making all loans. These risks include interest rate changes over the time period in which loans
may be repaid and changes in the national economy or the economy that impact the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans or the
value of the collateral securing those loans. Although we have discontinued our Philadelphia-based commercial lending operations,
we still hold a significant number of commercial, construction and commercial mortgage loans with relatively large balances. The
deterioration of one or a few of these loans would cause a significant increase in non-performing loans, notwithstanding that such
loans are now held for sale. Weak economic conditions have caused increases in our delinquent and defaulted loans in recent years.
We cannot assure you that we will not experience further increases in delinquencies and defaults or that any such increases will not be
material. On a consolidated basis, an increase in non-performing loans could result in an increase in our provision for loan losses or in
loan charge-offs and consequent reductions in our earnings. Our specialty lending operations are subject to additional risks including,
with respect to our SBA loans, the risk that the U.S. Government’s partial guaranty on SBA loans is withdrawn due to noncompliance
with regulations. For other risks which are specific to the different types of loans we make and which could impact our allowance for
loan losses, see Item 1,” Business –Lending Activities.”
There is a significant concentration in prepaid card fee income which is subject to various risks.
We realize a significant portion of our revenues from prepaid card and other prepaid products and services. Actions by
government agencies relating to service charges, or increased regulatory compliance costs, could result in reductions in income which
may not be offset by reductions in expense. Some of our clients have significant volume the loss of which would materially affect our
revenues. Prepaid card deposits comprise a significant portion of the Bank’s deposits.
Regulatory and legal requirements applicable to the prepaid card industry are unique and frequently changing.
Achieving and maintaining compliance with frequently changing legal and regulatory requirements requires a significant
investment in qualified personnel, hardware, software and other technology platforms, external legal counsel and consultants and other
infrastructure components both in the United States and the European Union. These investments may not ensure compliance or
otherwise mitigate risks involved in this business. Our failure to satisfy regulatory mandates applicable to prepaid financial products
could result in actions against us by our regulators, legal proceedings being instituted against us by consumers, or other losses, each of
which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. Other risks related to prepaid cards
include competition for prepaid and other payment mediums, possible changes in the rules of networks, such as Visa and MasterCard
and others, in which the Bank operates and state regulations related to prepaid cards including escheatment.
26
The potential for fraud in the card payment industry is significant.
Issuers of prepaid cards and other companies have suffered significant losses in recent years with respect to the theft of
cardholder data that has been illegally exploited for personal gain. The theft of such information is regularly reported and affects
individuals and businesses. Losses from various types of fraud have been substantial for certain card industry participants. The Bank
in many cases has indemnification agreements with third parties; however, such indemnifications may not fully cover losses. Although
fraud has not had a material impact on the profitability of the Bank, it is possible that such activity could impact the Bank in the future.
Risk management processes and strategies must be effective, and concentration of risk increases the potential for losses.
Our risk management processes and strategies must be effective, otherwise losses may result. We manage asset quality,
liquidity, market sensitivity, operational, regulatory, third-party vendor and partner relationship risks and other risks through
various processes and strategies throughout the organization. If our risk management judgments and strategies are not effective, or
unanticipated risks arise, our income could be reduced or we could sustain losses.
We may depend in part upon wholesale and brokered certificates of deposit to satisfy funding needs.
In the future we may rely in part on funds provided by wholesale deposits and brokered certificates of deposit to support the
growth of our loan portfolio. Wholesale and brokered certificates of deposit are highly sensitive to changes in interest and,
accordingly, can be a more volatile source of funding.
Use of wholesale and brokered deposits involves the risk that growth supported by such deposits would be halted, or the
Bank’s total assets could contract, if the rates offered by the Bank were less than offered by other institutions seeking such deposits, or
if the depositors were to perceive a decline in the Bank’s safety and soundness, or both. In addition, if we were unable to match the
maturities of the interest rates we pay for wholesale and brokered certificates of deposit to the maturities of the loans we make using
those funds, increases in the interest rates we pay for such funds could decrease our consolidated net interest income. Moreover, if the
Bank ceases to be categorized as “well capitalized” under banking regulations, it will be prohibited from accepting, renewing or
rolling over brokered deposits without the consent of the FDIC.
Our prepaid card and other deposits obtained with the assistance of third parties have been classified as brokered.
In December 2014, the FDIC issued new guidance classifying prepaid deposits and other deposits obtained in cooperation
with third parties as brokered deposits, resulting in the vast majority of the Bank’s deposits being classified as brokered. We do not
believe that these deposits are subject to the volatility risks associated with brokered wholesale deposits or brokered certificates of
deposit. However, if the Bank ceases to be categorized as “well capitalized” under banking regulations, it will be prohibited from
accepting, renewing or rolling over brokered deposits without the consent of the FDIC. In such a case, the FDIC’s refusal to grant
consent to our accepting, renewing or rolling over brokered deposits could materially adversely effect the financial condition and
operations of the Bank and the Company and could effectively restrict the ability of the Bank to operate its business lines as presently
conducted.
We operate in highly competitive markets.
We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors, including commercial
banks and their holding companies, savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, credit unions, leasing companies, consumer
finance companies, factoring companies, insurance companies and money market mutual funds and card issuers.
We face national and even global competition with respect to our other products and services, including payment acceptance
products and services, healthcare payment solutions, private label banking, fleet leasing, government guaranteed lending and prepaid
payment solutions. Our commercial partners and banking customers for these products and services are located throughout the United
States and, with respect to prepaid and electronic money payment solutions, the United States and the European Union, and the
competition is strong in each category. We encounter competition from some of the largest financial institutions in the world as well
as smaller specialized regional banks and financial service companies. Increased competition with any of these product or service
offerings could result in the reduced pricing and resultant profit margins, fragmented market share and a failure to enjoy economies of
scale, loss of customer and depositor base, and other risks that individually, or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect
on our financial condition and results of operations.
27
Some of the financial services organizations with which we compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation as
federally-insured and regulated financial institutions such as ours. As a result, those competitors may be able to access funding and
provide various services more easily or at less cost than we can.
We derive a significant percentage of our deposits, total assets and income from deposit accounts we generate through affinity
groups.
We derive a significant percentage of our deposits, total assets and income from deposit accounts we generate through
affinity groups. Deposits related to our top twenty affinity groups totaled $2.52 billion at December 31, 2015. We provide oversight
over our affinity groups which must meet all internal and regulatory requirements. We may exit relationships where such
requirements are not met or be required by our regulators to exit such relationships. Also, an affinity group could terminate a
relationship with us for many reasons, including being able to obtain better terms from another provider or dissatisfaction with the
level or quality of our services. If an affinity group relationship were to be terminated, it could materially reduce our deposits, assets
and income. We cannot assure you that we could replace such relationship. If we cannot replace such relationship, we may be
required to seek higher rate funding sources as compared to the exiting affinity group and interest expense might increase. We may
also be required to sell securities or other assets to meet funding needs which would reduce revenues or potentially generate losses.
Our affinity group marketing strategy has been adopted by other institutions with which we compete.
Several online banking operations as well as the online banking programs of conventional banks have instituted affinity
group marketing strategies similar to ours. As a consequence, we have encountered competition in this area and anticipate that we
will continue to do so in the future. This competition may increase our costs, reduce our revenues or revenue growth or, because we
are a relatively small banking operation without the name recognition of other, more established banking operations, make it difficult
for us to compete effectively in obtaining affinity group relationships.
Our lending limit may adversely affect our competitiveness.
Our regulatory lending limit as of December 31, 2015 to any one customer or related group of customers was $46.7 million
for unsecured loans and $77.8 million for secured loans. Our lending limit is substantially smaller than that of many financial
institutions with which we compete. While we believe that our lending limit is sufficient for our targeted market of small to mid-size
businesses within the four specialty lending operations upon which we focus as well as affinity group members, it may in the future
affect our ability to attract or maintain customers or to compete with other financial institutions. Moreover, to the extent that we incur
losses and do not obtain additional capital, our lending limit, which depends upon the amount of our capital, will decrease.
Environmental liability associated with lending activities could result in losses.
In the course of our business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing our loans. If hazardous substances
were discovered on any of these properties, we may be liable to governmental entities or third parties for the costs of remediation of
the hazard, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Many environmental laws can impose liability regardless of whether
we knew of, or were responsible for, the contamination. In addition, if we arrange for the disposal of hazardous or toxic substances at
another site, we may be liable for the costs of cleaning up and removing those substances from the site, even if we neither own nor
operate the disposal site. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially limit use of properties
we acquired through foreclosure, reduce their value or limit our ability to sell them in the event of a default on the loans they secure.
In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our
exposure to environmental liability.
As a financial institution whose principal medium for delivery of banking services is the Internet, we are subject to risks
particular to that medium and other technological risks and costs.
We utilize the Internet and other automated electronic processing in our banking services without physical locations, as
distinguished from the Internet banking service of an established conventional bank. Independent Internet banks often have found it
difficult to achieve profitability and revenue growth. Several factors contribute to the unique problems that Internet banks face. These
include concerns for the security of personal information, the absence of personal relationships between bankers and customers, the
absence of loyalty to a conventional hometown bank, the customer’s difficulty in understanding and assessing the substance and
28
financial strength of an Internet bank, a lack of confidence in the likelihood of success and permanence of Internet banks and many
individuals’ unwillingness to trust their personal assets to a relatively new technological medium such as the Internet. As a result,
many potential customers may be unwilling to establish a relationship with us.
Many conventional financial institutions offer the option of Internet banking and financial services to their existing and
prospective customers. The public may perceive conventional financial institutions as being safer, more responsive, more comfortable
to deal with and more accountable as providers of their banking and financial services, including their Internet banking services. We
may not be able to offer Internet banking and financial services and personal relationship characteristics that have sufficient
advantages over the Internet banking and financial services and other characteristics of established conventional financial institutions
to enable us to compete successfully.
Moreover, both the Internet and the financial services industry are undergoing rapid technological changes, with frequent
introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to improving the ability to serve customers, the effective
use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our ability to compete will depend, in part,
upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer
demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to
invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to implement effectively new technology-driven products and services or
be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Such products may also prove costly to develop or acquire.
Our operations may be interrupted if our network or computer systems, or those of our providers, fail.
Because we deliver our products and services over the Internet and outsource several critical functions to third parties, our
operations depend on our ability, as well as that of our service providers, to protect computer systems and network infrastructure
against interruptions in service due to damage from fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, physical break-ins and computer
hacking or similar catastrophic events. Our operations also depend upon our ability to replace a third-party provider if it experiences
difficulties that interrupt our operations or if an operationally essential third-party service terminates. Service interruptions to
customers may adversely affect our ability to obtain or retain customers and could result in regulatory sanctions. Moreover, if a
customer were unable to access his or her account or complete a financial transaction due to a service interruption, we could be subject
to a claim by the customer for his or her loss. While our accounts and other agreements contain disclaimers of liability for these kinds
of losses, we cannot predict the outcome of litigation if a customer were to make a claim against us.
A failure of cyber security may result in a loss of customers and our being liable for damages for such failure.
A significant barrier to online and other financial transactions is the secure transmission of confidential information over
public networks and other mediums. The systems we use rely on encryption and authentication technology to provide secure
transmission of confidential information. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other
developments could result in a compromise or breach of the algorithms used to protect customer transaction data. If we, or another
provider of financial services through the Internet, were to suffer damage from a security breach, public acceptance and use of the
Internet as a medium for financial transactions could suffer. Any security breach could deter potential customers or cause existing
customers to leave, thereby impairing our ability to grow and maintain profitability and, possibly, our ability to continue delivering
our products and services through the Internet. We could also be liable for any customer damages arising from such a breach. Other
cyber threats involving theft of confidential information could also result in liability. Although we, with the help of third-party service
providers, intend to continue to implement security technology and establish operational procedures to prevent security breaches, these
measures may not be successful.
We outsource many essential services to third-party providers who may terminate their agreements with us, resulting in
interruptions to our banking operations.
We obtain essential technological and customer services support for the systems we use from third-party providers. We
outsource our check processing, check imaging, transaction processing, electronic bill payment, statement rendering, and other
services to third-party vendors. For a description of these services, you should read Item 1, “Business—Other Operations—Third-
Party Service Providers.” Our agreements with each service provider are generally cancelable without cause by either party upon
specified notice periods. If one of our third-party service providers terminates its agreement with us and we are unable to replace it
with another service provider, our operations may be interrupted. Even a temporary disruption in services could result in our losing
29
customers, incurring liability for any damages our customers may sustain, or losing revenues. Moreover, there can be no assurance
that a replacement service provider will provide its services at the same or a lower cost than the service provider it replaces.
We may be affected by government regulation including those mandating capital levels and those specifying limitations
resulting from Community Reinvestment Act limitations.
We are subject to extensive federal and state banking regulation and supervision, which has increased in the past several
years as a result of stresses the financial system has undergone for an extended period of years. The regulations are intended primarily
to protect our depositors’ funds, the federal deposit insurance funds and the safety and soundness of the Bank, not our shareholders.
Regulatory requirements affect lending practices, product offerings, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and
growth. A failure by either the Bank or us to meet regulatory capital requirements will result in the imposition of limitations on our
operations and could, if capital levels drop significantly, result in our being required to cease operations. Regulatory capital
requirements must also be satisfied such that mandated capital ratios are maintained as the Bank grows, or growth may be required to
be curtailed. Moreover, a failure by either the Bank or us to comply with regulatory requirements regarding lending practices,
investment practices, customer relationships, anti-money laundering detection and prevention, and other operational practices (see
"Business--Regulation Under Banking Law" and “Risk Factors- The entry into the Consent Orders, as amended, and a supervisory
letter from the Federal Reserve Bank, have imposed certain restrictions and requirements upon us and the Bank”) could result in
regulatory sanctions and possibly third-party liabilities. Changes in governing law, regulations or regulatory practices could impose
additional costs on us or impair our ability to obtain deposits or make loans and, as a consequence, our consolidated revenues and
profitability.
As a Delaware-chartered bank whose depositors and financial services customers are located in several states, the Bank may
be subject to additional licensure requirements or other regulation of its activities by state regulatory authorities and laws outside of
Delaware. If the Bank’s compliance with licensure requirements or other regulation becomes overly burdensome, we may seek to
convert its state charter to a federal charter in order to gain the benefits of federal preemption of some of those laws and regulations.
Conversion of the Bank to a federal charter will require the prior approval of the relevant federal bank regulatory authorities, which
we may not be able to obtain. Moreover, even if we obtain approval, there could be a significant period of time between our
application and receipt of the approval, and/or any approval we do obtain may be subject to burdensome conditions or restrictions.
The Bank was examined for CRA compliance in 2015 and received a “needs to improve” rating for the 2015 examination
which covered the period from 2012 through June 2, 2015. As a result of the downgraded rating, certain business restrictions are in
place, including FDIC limits on change in control, new branches, branch relocation, main office relocation, and mergers (regular,
interim or corporate reorganizations). The Federal Reserve Bank restrictions include limitations on holding company commencement
of direct or indirect new financial activity and holding company change in control. The Federal Housing Finance Agency has also
imposed restrictions on receiving long-term advances and participating in their Affordable Housing Program and Community
Investment Cash Advances Program.
Implemented, proposed and future regulatory and legislative financial reforms may result in new laws and regulations that we
expect will increase our compliance burdens and operating costs.
The passage of new laws and the adoption of new rules and regulations cannot be fully or accurately predicted. Any such
proposed laws and regulations may limit our operations, require higher levels of capital and liquidity, create additional compliance
burdens, or otherwise impact our operations. Most recently, passage of the Dodd-Frank Act in 2010, and the rules and regulations
emanating therefrom, have significantly changed, and will continue to, change, the bank regulatory structure, and affect the lending,
deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act
requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies
and reports for Congress. While a significant number of regulations have already been promulgated to implement the Dodd-Frank
Act, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for lengthy periods, which could have a
material adverse effect on the financial services industry, generally and our company in particular.
The Dodd-Frank Act’s “Durbin Amendment,” which applies to all banks, required the Federal Reserve to adopt a rule
establishing debit card interchange fee standards and limits and prohibiting network exclusivity and routing requirements. The Dodd-
Frank Act exempts from the debit card interchange fee standards any issuing bank that, together with its affiliates, have assets of less
than $10 billion. Because of our asset size, we are exempt from the debit card interchange fee standards but may lose the exemption if
it is amended or we, together with our subsidiaries, surpass $10 billion in assets.
30
On June 29, 2011, the Federal Reserve implemented final routing regulatory requirements to prohibit network exclusivity
arrangements on debit card transactions and ensure merchants will have choices in debit card routing, which apply to us. The
regulations require issuers to make at least two unaffiliated networks available to the merchant, without regard to the method of
authentication (PIN or signature), for both debit cards and prepaid cards. As currently applied, a card issuer can guarantee compliance
with the network exclusivity regulations by enabling the debit card to process transactions through one signature network and one
unaffiliated PIN network. Cards usable only with PINs must be enabled with two unaffiliated PIN networks.
On March 21, 2014, the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit upheld the Federal Reserve’s
rules on network exclusivity and interchange fees as written and thereby rejected a challenge brought by a group of merchant trade
associations. On January 21, 2015, the Supreme Court of the United States declined to take an appeal filed by the plaintiff merchant
trade associations, effectively ending the litigation and upholding the Federal Reserve’s final rules regarding network exclusivity and
interchange fees as written.
It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act and the yet to be written
implementing rules and regulations will have on regional banks; however, we expect that at a minimum they will increase our
operating and compliance costs and obligations, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of
operations.
A further downgrade of the U.S. government credit rating could negatively impact our investment portfolio and other
operations.
A significant amount of our investment portfolio is rated by outside ratings agencies as explicitly or implicitly backed by
the United States government. In 2011, the credit rating of the United States government was lowered, and it is possible it may be
downgraded further, based upon rating agencies’ evaluations of the effect of increasing levels of government debt and related
Congressional actions. A lowering of the United States government credit ratings may reduce the market value or liquidity of our
investment portfolio.
Potential acquisitions may disrupt our business and dilute stockholder value.
Acquiring other banks or businesses involves various risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including, among other
things:
potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of the target entity;
exposure to potential asset quality issues of the target entity;
difficulty and expense of integrating the operations and personnel of the target entity;
potential disruption to our business;
potential diversion of our management’s time and attention;
the possible loss of key employees and customers of the target entity;
difficulty in estimating the value of the target entity;
potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the target entity; and
difficulty navigating and integrating legal, operating cultural differences between the United States and the countries of
the target entity’s operations.
From time to time we evaluate merger and acquisition opportunities and conduct due diligence activities related to possible
transactions with other financial institutions and financial services companies. As a result, merger or acquisition discussions and, in
some cases, negotiations may take place and future mergers or acquisitions involving cash, debt or equity securities may occur at any
time. Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and market values, and, therefore, some dilution of our
tangible book value and net income per common share may occur in connection with any future transaction. Furthermore, failure to
realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits from
an acquisition could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
31
We may be subject to potential liability and business risk from actions by our regulators related to supervision of third
parties.
Our regulators or auditors may require us to increase the level and manner of our oversight of the third parties from which we
acquire deposit accounts and with which we offer products and services. Although we have added significant compliance staff and
have used outside consultants, our internal and external compliance examiners must be satisfied with the results of such augmentation
and enhancement. We cannot assure you that we will satisfy all related requirements. See “Risk Factors- The entry into the Consent
Orders, as amended, and a supervisory letter from the Federal Reserve, have imposed certain restrictions and requirements upon us
and the Bank”. Not achieving a compliance management system which is deemed adequate could result in sanctions against the Bank.
Our ongoing review and analysis of our compliance management system and implementation of any changes resulting from that
review and analysis will likely result in increased non-interest expense.
We are named as a defendant in a class action securities lawsuit, the adverse resolution of which could have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We were named as a defendant in a class action securities lawsuit filed in July 2014 in the United States District Court for the
District of Delaware. See Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings.” An adverse resolution of this matter could result in substantial
damages, which could reduce our earnings or cause us to record a loss, and reduce our capital.
The Bank may be subject to civil money penalties in connection with examination findings.
Like all regulated banking institutions, we are at risk of the imposition of civil money penalties by our regulators, based on,
among other things, apparent violations of law, repeat violations, or supervisory determinations of non-compliance with any consent
order. Depending on the circumstances, the imposition and size of any such penalty is at the discretion of the regulator. The FDIC
has informed us that certain actions of third parties through which we issue prepaid cards are being scrutinized by the FDIC. The
FDIC has further informed us that it may take the position that certain operational aspects related to these card programs may
implicate non-compliance with unfair or deceptive acts or practices laws or other regulations. While the Bank is contractually
indemnified for related losses, civil money penalties, if assessed against the Bank, are not recoverable from third parties.
The appraised fair value of the assets from our discontinued commercial loan operations may be more than the amounts
received upon sale or other disposition.
Independent third party experts have provided fair value analyses of the discontinued commercial loan portfolio and the
investment in unconsolidated entity which reflects the financing of the sale of a portion of the discontinued assets. The valuations are
estimates, and could vary significantly based on current circumstances or changes in methodology or assumptions, and actual sales
prices could be significantly less than the estimates, which could materially affect results of operations in future quarters.
We cannot predict whether income resulting from the reinvestment of proceeds from the loans we hold will match or exceed
the income from the sold loans.
We are seeking to sell the loans in our discontinued commercial loan operations and expect that we will obtain a significant
amount of cash from the sale. Although we believe, based upon current market conditions, that we will be able to invest such
proceeds profitably, reinvestment income is difficult to predict and depends upon a number of economic and market conditions
beyond our control, including interest rates and the availability of suitable investments. We cannot assure you that we will be able to
generate the same level of income from the reinvested proceeds as we generated from the loan portfolio being sold, or that suitable
investments will be available to us. If not, our revenues and net income could be reduced materially.
Any future FDIC insurance premium increases will adversely affect our earnings.
Any further assessments or special assessments that the FDIC levies will be recorded as an expense during the appropriate
period and will decrease our earnings. On February 9, 2011, the FDIC adopted a final rule which redefines the deposit insurance
assessment base as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule sets the deposit insurance assessment base as average consolidated
total assets minus average tangible equity. It also sets a new assessment rate schedule which reflects assessment rate adjustments
based upon regulatory examination classification with increased rates for brokered deposits. The final rule became effective on April
1, 2011. If the Bank’s rating is changed, insurance premiums will increase which will adversely affect our earnings. In the fourth
quarter of 2014, the Bank’s FDIC premium was increased to 24 basis points as a result of new guidance by the FDIC which
32
reclassified the vast majority of the Bank’s deposits as brokered. A reduction in the assessment rate will depend on future FDIC
evaluations of the Bank.
We have had material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting in the past and cannot assure you that additional
material weaknesses will not be identified in the future. Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over
financial reporting could result in material misstatements in our financial statements which could require us to restate
financial statements, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and have a negative effect on our
stock price.
As previously reported, our management had identified material weaknesses in our internal and disclosure controls over
financial reporting that affected our financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and prior
periods. These weaknesses related to the timing of the recognition of loan losses and the recognition of other loan losses and resulted
in a restatement of our financial statements for such periods. We believe these weaknesses have been remediated. However, we cannot
assure you that additional significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting will not be
identified in the future. Any failure to maintain or implement required new or improved controls, or any difficulties we encounter in
their implementation, could result in additional material weaknesses, cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations or
result in material misstatements in our financial statements. Any such failure could also adversely affect the results of periodic
management evaluations and annual auditor attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated under Section 404. The existence
of a material weakness could result in errors in our financial statements that could result in a restatement of financial statements, cause
us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and cause investors or customers to lose confidence in our reported financial information,
leading to a decline in our stock price or a loss of business.
Risks related to ownership of our common stock.
The trading volume in our common stock is less than that of many financial services companies, which may reduce the price at
which our common stock would otherwise trade.
Although our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market, the trading volume is less than that of many
financial services companies. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on
the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the
individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control. Given the lower
trading volume of our common stock, significant sales of our common stock, or the expectation of these sales, could cause our stock
price to fall.
An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit.
Our common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance
fund or by any other public or private entity. Investment in our common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this
“Risk Factors” section and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of common stock in any company. As a result, if
you acquire our common stock, you may lose some or all of your investment.
Our ability to issue additional shares of our common stock, or the issuance of such additional shares, may reduce the price at
which our common stock trades.
We cannot predict whether future issuances of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares for resale in the open
market will decrease the market price per share of our common stock. We are not restricted from issuing additional shares of common
stock, including any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive shares of common
stock. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that such sales might occur
could materially adversely affect the market price of the shares of our common stock. The exercise of any options granted to
directors, executive officers and other employees under our stock compensation plans, the vesting of restricted stock grants, the
issuance of shares of common stock in acquisitions and other issuances of our common stock also could have an adverse effect on the
market price of the shares of our common stock. The existence of options, or shares of our common stock reserved for issuance as
restricted shares of our common stock may materially adversely affect the terms upon which we may be able to obtain additional
capital in the future through the sale of equity securities.
33
Future offerings of debt, which would be senior to our common stock upon liquidation, and/or preferred equity securities
which may be senior to our common stock for purposes of dividend distributions or upon liquidation, may reduce the market
price at which our common stock trades.
In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources or, if the Bank’s capital ratios fall below the required
minimums, we could be forced to raise additional capital by making additional offerings of debt or preferred equity securities,
including medium-term notes senior or subordinated notes or preferred stock. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and
shares of preferred stock and lenders with respect to other borrowings will receive distributions of our available assets prior to the
holders of our common stock. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights or other protections against dilution.
The Bank’s ability to pay dividends is subject to regulatory limitations which, to the extent we require such dividends in the
future, may affect our ability to pay our obligations and pay dividends.
We are a separate legal entity from the Bank and our other subsidiaries, and we do not have significant operations of our
own. We have historically depended on the Bank’s cash and liquidity as well as dividends to pay our operating expenses. Various
federal and state statutory provisions limit the amount of dividends that subsidiary banks can pay to their holding companies without
regulatory approval. The Bank is also subject to limitations under state law regarding the payment of dividends, including the
requirement that dividends may be paid only out of net profits. In addition to these explicit limitations, it is possible, depending upon
the financial condition of the Bank and other factors, that federal and state regulatory agencies could take the position that payment of
dividends by the Bank would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice and may therefore seek to prevent the Bank from
paying such dividends. Moreover, under the 2014 Consent Order amendment, the Bank may not pay dividends without the approval
of the FDIC. See “Risk Factors-Risks Relating to Our Business-The entry into the Consent Orders, as amended, and a supervisory
letter from the Federal Reserve, have imposed certain restrictions and requirements upon us and the Bank.” Although we believe we
have sufficient existing liquidity for our needs for the foreseeable future, there is risk that, if the amendment remains undischarged for
a lengthy period and the Bank is unable to obtain FDIC approval for one or more dividends, we may not be able to service our
obligations as they become due or to pay dividends on our common stock or preferred stock. Even if, absent the amendment, the Bank
has the capacity to pay dividends, it is not obligated to pay the dividends. Its Board of Directors may determine, as it did in the past,
to retain some or all of its earnings to support or increase its capital base.
Anti-takeover provisions of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law may make it more difficult for holders
of our common stock to receive a change in control premium.
Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest more
difficult, even if such events were perceived by many of our stockholders as beneficial to their interests. These provisions include in
particular our ability to issue shares of our common stock and preferred stock with such provisions as our board of directors may
approve without further shareholder approval. In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law which, in general, prevents an interested stockholder, defined generally as a person owning 15% or more of
a corporation’s outstanding voting stock, from engaging in a business combination with our company for three years following the
date that person became an interested stockholder unless certain specified conditions are satisfied.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
The staff of the SEC has commented on three of our loan relationships, now included in discontinued operations, requesting
detailed information concerning the amount and timing of our recognition of impairment losses originally reported in the first quarter
of 2014, with respect to those relationships. As a result of these comments, we analyzed the relationships and on March 29, 2015 our
audit committee, as reported in a Form 8-K filed April 1, 2015, determined that certain of our financial statements could not be relied
upon as noted in the “Explanatory Note” which precedes Part I above and that such charges should be restated to prior periods. Upon
resulting analysis of other unrelated loan charges, losses on other loans were also restated to prior periods including previously
unreported losses. The restatements were made in our Form 10-K for 2014. We cannot assure you that the staff of the SEC will not
have further comments related to the foregoing.
34
Item 2. Properties.
Our executive office and banking facility are located at 409 Silverside Rd. Wilmington, Delaware. We maintain loan
production offices in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, New York, New York, King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, and Chicago Illinois, leasing
offices in Crofton, Maryland, Orlando, Florida and Kent, Washington, prepaid card offices in Sioux Falls, South Dakota and
Minneapolis, Minnesota, BSA/AML offices in Tampa, Florida and our European prepaid card offices in Lozenetaz, Sofia, Bulgaria
and Ocean Village, Gibraltar. We also lease space in San Francisco, California for a sales office for our payments businesses.
Locations and certain additional information regarding our offices and other material properties at December 31, 2015 are listed
below.
Location
United States
Chicago, Illinois
Crofton, Maryland
King of Prussia, Pennsylvania
Kent, Washington
Minneapolis, Minnesota
New York, New York
Orlando, Florida
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Sioux Falls, South Dakota
San Francisco, California
Tampa, Florida
Wilmington, Delaware
Europe(1)
Lozenetaz, Sofia Bulgaria
Ocean Village, Gibraltar
Expiration
Square Feet
Monthly Rent
2020
2018
2017
2016
2017
2025
2016
2024
2022
2020
2020
2025
2016
2022
6,864
$ 10,894
3,243
2,728
4,500
3,181
7,815
12,400
14,839
38,611
2,622
10,303
62,136
4,413
4,585
5,160
4,575
5,000
2,671
44,936
11,200
11,537
54,674
16,825
17,292
125,005
5,200
15,000
(1) Office space in Europe is expressed in square feet and U.S. dollars.
We believe that our offices are suitable and adequate for our operations.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
For a discussion of a consent order issued by the FDIC, captioned In the Matter of the Bancorp Bank, Wilmington,
Delaware, effective June 5, 2014, see Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations-Financial Statement Restatement; Regulatory Actions” and “Risk Factors- Risks relating to Our Business, The entry into
the Consent Orders, as amended, and a supervisory letter from the Federal Reserve, have imposed certain restrictions and
requirements upon us and the Bank”
On July 17, 2014, a class action securities complaint captioned Fletcher v. The Bancorp Inc., et al., was filed in the United
States District Court for the District of Delaware. A consolidated version of that class action complaint was filed before the same
court on January 23, 2015 on behalf of Lead Plaintiffs Arkansas Public Employees Retirement System and Arkansas Teacher
Retirement System under the caption of In re The Bancorp Inc. Securities Litigation. On October 26, 2015, Lead Plaintiffs filed an
amended consolidated complaint against Bancorp, Betsy Z. Cohen, Paul Frenkiel, Frank M. Mastrangelo and Jeremy Kuiper, which
alleges that during a class period beginning January 26, 2011 through June 26, 2015, the defendants made materially false and/or
misleading statements and/or failed to disclose that (i) Bancorp had wrongfully extended and modified problem loans and under-
reserved for loan losses due to adverse loans, (ii) Bancorp’s operations and credit practices were in violation of the BSA, and (iii) as a
result, Bancorp’s financial statements, press releases and public statements were materially false and misleading during the relevant
35
period. The amended consolidated complaint further alleges that, as a result, the price of Bancorp’s common stock was artificially
inflated and fell once the defendants’ misstatements and omissions were revealed, causing damage to the plaintiffs and the other
members of the class. The complaint asks for an unspecified amount of damages, prejudgment and post-judgment interest and
attorneys’ fees. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended consolidated complaint on November 23, 2015. Oral argument
on the defendants’ motion was held on January 29, 2016. This litigation is in its preliminary stages. We have been advised by our
counsel in the matter that reasonably possible losses cannot be estimated. We believe that the complaint is without merit and we
intend to continue to defend vigorously.
In addition, we are a party to various routine legal proceedings arising out of the ordinary course of our business.
Management believes that none of these actions, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition or operations.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “TBBK.” The following table sets forth the
range of high and low sales prices for the indicated periods for our common stock.
Quarter Ended
March 31, 2015
June 30, 2015
September 30, 2015
December 31, 2015
March 31, 2014
June 30, 2014
September 30, 2014
December 31, 2014
2015
2014
High
Low
Price Range
$ 11.01
$ 10.62
$ 9.64
$ 8.20
$ 20.14
$ 19.69
$ 11.94
$ 10.96
$ 8.33
$ 8.80
$ 7.06
$ 6.05
$ 17.66
$ 11.60
$ 8.75
$ 8.29
As of March 8, 2016, there were 37,879,428 shares of common stock outstanding held of record by 67 persons.
We have not paid cash dividends on our common stock since our inception, and do not plan to pay cash dividends on our
common stock for the foreseeable future. Our payment of dividends is subject to restrictions discussed in Item 1, “Business—
Regulation under Banking Law,” and to a supervisory letter issued by the Federal Reserve discussed in Item 1A, “Risk Factors-Risks
Relating to Our Business-The entry into the Consent Orders, as amended, and a supervisory letter from the Federal Reserve, have
imposed certain restrictions and requirements upon us and the Bank.” Moreover, irrespective of such restrictions, it is our intent to
retain earnings, if any, to increase our capital and fund the development and growth of our operations subject to regulatory restrictions.
Our board of directors will determine any changes in our dividend policy based upon its analysis of factors it deems relevant. We
expect that these factors would include our earnings, financial condition, cash requirements, regulatory capital levels and available
investment opportunities.
36
Share Repurchase Plan
In 2011 we adopted a common stock repurchase program. Shares repurchased will reduce the amount of shares outstanding.
Repurchased shares may be reissued for various corporate purposes. We have repurchased 100,000 shares of a total maximum
number of 750,000 shares authorized by the Board of Directors. Unless modified or revoked by the Board, this authorization does not
expire; however, under the supervisory letter (as long as it remains unchanged), we may not repurchase common stock without the
prior approval of the Federal Reserve. See Item 1A “Risk Factors- Risks relating to Our Business, The entry into the Consent Orders,
as amended, and a supervisory letter from the Federal Reserve, have imposed certain restrictions and requirements upon us and the
Bank”.
There were no shares repurchased in 2015 or 2014.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(a)
476,124
-
506,500
1,162,921
-
2,145,545
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(b)
$9.71
$7.91
$8.48
N/A
$8.58
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a)
(c)
291,876
335,125
72,534
2,200,000
2,899,535
1999 Omnibus plan
2003 Omnibus plan
2005 Omnibus plan
Stock option and equity plan of 2011
Stock option and equity plan of 2013
Total
* All plans authorized have been approved by shareholders.
37
Performance graph
The following graph compares the performance of our common stock to the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ
Bank Stock Index. The graph shows the value of $100 invested in our common stock and both indices on December 31, 2009 for a
five year period and the change in the value of our common stock compared to the indices as of the end of each year. The graph
assumes the reinvestment of all dividends. Historical stock price performance is not necessarily indicative of future stock price
performance.
Index
The Bancorp, Inc.
NASDAQ Bank Stock Index
NASDAQ Composite Stock Index
12/31/2010
12/31/2011
12/31/2012
12/31/2013
12/31/2014
12/31/2015
100.00
100.00
100.00
71.09
87.58
98.20
107.87
101.40
113.82
176.11
140.85
157.44
107.08
144.85
178.53
62.64
154.45
188.75
38
The following graph reflects stock performance since 2010, compared to the KBW bank index, which is an industry
recognized peer group of regional and money center banks.
Index
The Bancorp, Inc.
KBW Bank Index
12/31/2010
12/31/2011
12/31/2012
12/31/2013
12/31/2014
12/31/2015
100.00
100.00
71.09
75.43
107.87
98.22
176.11
132.66
107.08
142.23
62.64
139.97
39
Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
The following table sets forth selected financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and
2011. We derived the selected financial data from our consolidated financial statements for those periods included in this annual
report on Form 10-K or our prior annual reports on Form 10-K. Our historical financial information for the three years ended
December 31, 2013 has been adjusted to reflect the discontinuance of our commercial lending operations. As a result, our results of
operations for the three years ended December 31, 2013 may not be comparable to the results of our operations reported for the prior
periods. In addition, we have reclassified certain amounts in our historical audited consolidated financial statements, including
amounts related to assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale during these periods. These reclassifications had no effect on our
reported net income (loss).
You should read the selected financial data in this table together with, and such selected financial data is qualified by
reference to, our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those restated consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this
report and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of this report.
Income Statement Data:
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan and lease losses
Net interest income after provision for loan
and lease losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Income (loss) before income tax benefit
Income tax provision (benefit)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Net income (loss) discontinued operations net of tax
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
2015
As of and for the years ended
December 31,
2013
(in thousands, except per share data)
$ 83,530 $ 70,720 $ 51,150 $ 39,479 $ 31,087
12,036
19,051
1,638
13,599
69,931
2,100
11,411
28,068
6,642
10,768
40,382
355
11,295
59,425
1,202
2014
2012
2011
17,413
30,424
69,080
(21,243)
(7,878)
(13,365)
18,183
$ 13,432 $ 57,109 $ (14,422)$ (43,153) $ 4,818
58,223
85,049
135,980
7,292
(14,523)
21,815
35,294
40,027
82,073
101,817
20,283
6,767
13,516
(27,938)
67,831
133,067
194,088
6,810
1,450
5,360
8,072
21,426
49,501
80,188
(9,261)
(3,492)
(5,769)
(37,384)
Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations - basic
Net income (loss) per share from discontinued operations - basic
Net income (loss) per share - basic
$ 0.14 $ 0.58 $ 0.36 $ (0.17)$ (0.42)
$ 0.21 $ 0.94 $ (0.75)$ (1.13) $ 0.57
$ 0.35 $ 1.52 $ (0.39)$ (1.30) $ 0.15
Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations - diluted
Net income (loss) per share from discontinued operations - diluted
Net income (loss) per share - diluted
$ 0.14 $ 0.57 $ 0.35 $ (0.17)$ (0.42)
$ 0.21 $ 0.92 $ (0.75)$ (1.13) $ 0.57
$ 0.35 $ 1.49 $ (0.40)$ (1.30) $ 0.15
Balance Sheet Data:
Total assets
Total loans, net of unearned costs
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Total cash and cash equivalents
Deposits
Shareholders' equity
Selected Ratios:
Return on average assets
Return on average common equity
Net interest margin
Book value per common share
Selected Capital and Asset Quality Ratios:
Equity/assets
Tier I capital to average assets
Tier 1 or common equity capital to total risk-weighted assets
Total capital to total risk-weighted assets
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans
nm = not meaningful
$ 4,765,823 $ 4,986,317 $ 4,593,588 $ 3,626,714 $ 2,997,513
365,395
1,707
748,068
2,682,551
258,311
874,593
3,638
1,114,235
4,621,784
319,023
1,078,077
4,400
1,155,162
4,414,757
320,001
636,001
3,881
1,235,949
4,272,989
247,127
535,141
3,984
966,588
3,313,221
263,733
0.17%
2.15%
2.96%
$ 8.47 $ 8.46 $ 6.57 $ 7.10 $ 7.80
1.28%
20.17%
2.60%
nm
nm
2.58%
nm
nm
2.44%
0.29%
4.20%
2.37%
6.71%
7.17%
14.67%
14.88%
0.41%
6.40%
7.07%
11.54%
11.67%
0.42%
5.38%
6.09%
10.55%
11.87%
0.61%
7.27%
8.89%
14.57%
15.82%
0.74%
8.62%
8.26%
13.91%
15.16%
0.47%
40
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The following discussion provides information to assist in understanding our financial condition and results of operations.
This discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing in Item 8 of this
report.
Overview
In 2015, we recorded net income of $13.4 million reflecting increased interest income from loan growth in our continuing
lending lines of business, the sale of the vast majority of our health savings business, and the sale of our tax exempt securities
portfolio. Significant regulatory lookback expenses were incurred in 2015, which we believe will conclude by the second quarter of
2016. In 2014, we discontinued our Philadelphia commercial lending operations as discussed in “Financial Statement Restatement;
Regulatory Actions,” below, following our determination that those operations were inconsistent with our strategic focus on
generating low cost deposits and deploying that funding into lower risk, more granular and national lines of business and investment
securities. We currently focus our lending activities upon four specialty lending segments: SBLOC loans, SBA loans, automobile
fleet and other equipment leasing, and the origination of loans for sale into CMBS and CLO capital markets. We are working with our
regulators to satisfy BSA and other compliance requirements and believe we are progressing. Our BSA and compliance efforts
included the use of BSA consultants in 2014 and 2015 which resulted in our incurring significant costs: $41.4 million in 2015 and $8.8
million in 2014. Increases in salary expense for 2015 reflected the addition of new positions to enhance BSA and compliance
infrastructure. From year end 2014 to year end 2015, SBLOC loans, SBA loans and leasing grew 37%, 45% and 19%, respectively.
Loans originated for sale into CMBS and CLO capital markets over that period grew 113.5% prior to their expected sale. As a result
of this loan growth and our continuing low cost of deposits, net interest income grew 17.7% in 2015. The primary driver of non-
interest income, prepaid fees, decreased in 2015 reflecting the exit of a large relationship. An expected increase in 2016 reflects
growth in existing clients and the addition of new clients. Non-interest income also reflected a $33.5 million gain on sale of the
majority of our health savings business, the exit of which we believe will be accretive to earnings in the latter part of 2016. In fourth
quarter 2015, we sold substantially all of our tax exempt municipal bond portfolio for tax planning purposes which resulted in a gain
of $14.4 million. The above factors were reflected in our $5.4 million net income from continuing operations for 2015. Net income
from discontinued operations for 2015 was $8.1 million, resulting in total net income of $13.4 million. At December 31, 2015 our net
discontinued loan portfolio amounted to $568.7 million consisting primarily of loans secured by commercial real estate. As these
balances are reduced, either through sales or repayment, we plan to invest the proceeds into our continuing lending lines and
investment securities. We have and may in the future, exit less profitable relationships to manage cash balances which may distort our
asset levels and our leverage capital ratio.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our accounting and reporting policies conform with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and to
general practices within the financial services industry. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those
estimates. We believe that the determination of our allowance for loan and lease losses and our determination of the fair value of
financial instruments involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity than our other significant accounting policies.
We determine our allowance for loan and lease losses with the objective of maintaining a reserve level we believe to be
sufficient to absorb our estimated probable credit losses. We base our determination of the adequacy of the allowance on periodic
evaluations of our loan portfolio and other relevant factors. However, this evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material
estimates, including, among others, expected default probabilities, the amount of loss we may incur on a defaulted loan, expected
commitment usage, the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, value of collateral, estimated losses on
consumer loans and residential mortgages, and general amounts for historical loss experience. We also evaluate economic conditions
and uncertainties in estimating losses and inherent risks in our loan portfolio. To the extent actual outcomes differ from our estimates,
we may need additional provisions for loan losses. Any such additional provisions for loan losses will be a direct charge to our
earnings. See “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses”.
The fair value of a financial instrument is defined as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current
transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. We estimate the fair value of a financial instrument
using a variety of valuation methods. Where financial instruments are actively traded and have quoted market prices, quoted market
41
prices are used for fair value. When the financial instruments are not actively traded, other observable market inputs, such as quoted
prices of securities with similar characteristics, may be used, if available, to determine fair value. When observable market prices do
not exist, we estimate fair value. Our valuation methods and inputs consider factors such as types of underlying assets or liabilities,
rates of estimated credit losses, interest rate or discount rate and collateral. Our best estimate of fair value involves assumptions
including, but not limited to, various performance indicators, such as historical and projected default and recovery rates, credit ratings,
current delinquency rates, loan-to value ratios and the possibility of obligor refinancing.
At the end of each quarter, we assess the valuation hierarchy for each asset or liability measured. From time to time, assets or
liabilities may be transferred within hierarchy levels due to changes in availability of observable market inputs to measure fair value at
the measurement date. Transfers into or out of hierarchy levels are based upon the fair value at the beginning of the reporting period.
We periodically review our investment portfolio to determine whether unrealized losses on securities are temporary, based on
evaluations of the creditworthiness of the issuers or guarantors, and underlying collateral, as applicable. In addition, we consider the
continuing performance of the securities. We recognize credit losses through the consolidated statement of operations. If
management believes market value losses are temporary and that we have the ability and intention to hold those securities to maturity,
we recognize the reduction in other comprehensive income, through equity. We evaluate whether an other than temporary impairment
exists by considering primarily the following factors: (a) the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than the
amortized cost of the security, (b) changes in the financial condition, credit rating and near-term prospects of the issuer, (c) whether
the issuer is current on contractually obligated interest and principal payments, (d) changes in the financial condition of the security’s
underlying collateral and (e) the payment structure of the security. If other than temporary impairment is determined, we estimate
expected future cash flows to determine the credit loss amount with a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates
information received from third-party sources along with internal assumptions and judgments regarding the future performance of the
security.
We account for our stock-based compensation plans based on the fair value of the awards made, which include stock options,
restricted stock, and performance based shares. To assess the fair value of the awards made, management makes assumptions as to
expected stock price volatility, option terms, forfeiture rates and dividend rates. All of these estimates and assumptions may be
susceptible to significant change that may impact earnings in future periods.
We account for income taxes under the liability method whereby we determine deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the
difference between the carrying values on our consolidated financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities as measured
by the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse. Deferred tax expense (benefit) is the result of changes
in deferred tax assets and liabilities.
Financial Statement Restatement: Regulatory Actions
We have adjusted our financial statement presentation for items related to discontinued operations. Separately, we have
restated our financial statements for periods from 2010 through September 30, 2014, the last date through which financial statements
previously had been filed prior to our filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 in September
2015. The restatement reflected the recognition of provisions for loan losses and loan charge-offs for discontinued operations in
periods earlier than those in which those charges were initially recognized. The majority of these loan charges were originally
recognized in 2014, primarily in the third quarter, when commercial lending operations were discontinued. An additional $28.5
million of discontinued operations losses that were not previously reported were included within these periods. Also, $12.7 million of
losses incurred in 2015 related to loans that were resolved before the issuance date of our financial statements, were reflected in our
2014 financial statements. Substantially all of the losses and corresponding restatement adjustments resulted from the discontinued
commercial loan operations.
The Bank has entered into a Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of a Consent Order, or the 2014 Consent Order, with the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, which became effective on June 5, 2014. The Bank took this action without
admitting or denying any charges of unsafe or unsound banking practices or violations of law or regulation relating to the Bank’s
Bank Secrecy Act, or BSA, compliance program.
The 2014 Consent Order requires the Bank to take certain affirmative actions to comply with its BSA obligations, among
them: appoint a qualified BSA/OFAC (Office of Foreign Assets Control) officer; revise the written BSA Compliance Program;
42
develop and implement additional policies and procedures for suspicious activity monitoring and reporting; review and enhance
customer due diligence and risk assessment processes; review past account activity to determine whether suspicious activity was
properly identified and reported; strengthen internal controls, including augmenting oversight by the Bank’s Board of Directors of
BSA activities; establish an independent testing program; and develop policies and procedures to govern staffing and training for BSA
compliance.
To date, the Bank has implemented multiple upgrades that address the requirements of the 2014 Consent Order, such as
appointing a qualified BSA/OFAC officer, increasing oversight and staffing of the BSA compliance function, improving practices and
procedures to monitor and report transactions, and increasing training, as well as adopting an independent testing program to ensure
adherence to more effective BSA standards. Although these measures have increased and will continue to add to non-interest
expense, including significant additional consulting fees through the first half of 2016, we expect that the growth in our continuing
lines of business should, over time, offset these expenses. See “Non- Interest Expense”.
Until the Bank submits to the FDIC a BSA report summarizing the completion of certain corrective action, the 2014 Consent
Order places some restrictions on certain activities: the Bank is restricted from signing and boarding new independent sales
organizations, issuing new non-benefit related reloadable prepaid card programs, establishing new distribution channels for existing
non-benefit reloadable prepaid card programs and originating Automated Clearing House transactions for new merchant-related
payments. Until such time as we receive the FDIC’s approval, restrictions in these specific areas may potentially impact their growth.
We do not believe that these restrictions will have a material impact on current revenue levels. The Bank has utilized one primary
consultant related to its BSA-AML (Anti-Money Laundering) program refinement and one primary consultant related to conducting a
lookback review of historical transactions to confirm that suspicious activity was properly identified and reported in accordance with
applicable law. The primary consultant for the lookback performed services resulting in substantially all of the $41.4 million in
related expense in 2015. We cannot now estimate expenses for remaining lookback services; however, we expect that the lookback
will be completed in the second quarter of 2016.
On August 27, 2015, the Bank entered into an Amendment to Consent Order, or 2014 Consent Order Amendment, with the
FDIC, amending the 2014 Consent Order. The Bank took this action without admitting or denying any additional charges of unsafe or
unsound banking practices or violations of law or regulation relating to continued weaknesses in the Bank’s BSA compliance
program. The 2014 Consent Order Amendment provides that the Bank may not declare or pay any dividend without the prior written
consent of the FDIC and for certain assurances regarding management.
On May 11, 2015, the Federal Reserve issued a letter, or the Supervisory Letter, to us as a result of the 2014 Consent Order and
the 2014 Consent Order Amendment, (which, at the time of the Supervisory Letter, was in proposed form), which provides that we
may not pay any dividends on our common stock, make any distributions to our European entities or make any interest payments on
our trust preferred securities, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve. It further provides that we may not incur any
debt (excluding payables in the ordinary course of business) or redeem any shares of our stock, without the prior written approval of
the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve approved the payment of the interest on the Company’s trust preferred securities due
December 15, 2015. Future payments are subject to future approval by the Federal Reserve.
On December 23, 2015 the Bank entered into a Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of an Amended Consent Order, Order
for Restitution, and Order to Pay Civil Money Penalty with the FDIC, which we refer to as the 2015 Consent Order. The Bank took
this action without admitting or denying any charges of violations of law or regulation. The 2015 Consent Order amends and restates
in its entirety the terms of the 2012 Consent Order.
The 2015 Consent Order was based on FDIC allegations regarding electronic fund transfer ("EFT") error resolution practices,
account termination practices and fee practices of various third parties with whom the Bank had previously provided, or currently
provides, deposit-related products ("Third Parties"). The specific operational practices of the third parties identified by the FDIC were
the following: Practices related to the termination of a third-party rewards program tied to deposit accounts, including the timing of
the notice of termination, and the disclosure of the effects of such termination on the consumer’s ability to obtain unredeemed
rewards; practices performed by third parties related to the time frames within which we must respond to a consumer’s notice of error
related to electronic transactions related to various types of deposit accounts; and, practices related to the timing and frequency of
disclosed account fees and the manner by which the accountholder is notified of these fees in periodic statements which are generated
by third parties. The 2015 Consent Order continues the Bank's obligations originally set forth in the 2012 Consent Order, including its
obligations to increase board oversight of the Bank's compliance management system ("CMS"), improve the Bank's CMS, enhance its
internal audit program, increase its management and oversight of Third Parties, and correct any apparent violations of law.
43
In addition to restating the general terms of the 2012 Consent Order, the 2015 Consent Order directs the Bank’ Board to
establish a Complaint and Error Claim Oversight and Review Committee (“Complaint and Error Claim Committee”) to review and
oversee the Bank’s processes and practices for handling, monitoring and resolving consumer complaints and EFT error claims
(whether received directly or through Third Parties) and to review management's plans for correcting any weaknesses that may be
found in such processes and practices; and implement a corrective action plan regarding those prepaid cardholders who asserted or
attempted to assert EFT error claims and to provide restitution to cardholders harmed by EFT error resolution practices. The Bank’s
Board of Directors appointed the required Complaint and Error Claim Committee on January 29, 2016. The Bank has begun to
implement a corrective action plan accordingly.
The 2015 Consent Order also imposed a $3 million civil money penalty on the Bank, which the Bank has paid and which was
recognized as expense in the fourth quarter of 2015. The 2015 Consent Order further requires that if, through the corrective action
plan, the Bank identifies prepaid cardholders who have been adversely affected by a denial or failure to resolve an EFT error claim,
the Bank will ensure that monetary restitution is made. Neither the Company nor the Bank can predict the amount of any restitution
which may be required, or the amount, if any, that the Bank may pay in connection therewith. Under the Bank's agreements with
Third Parties, the Company believes that restitution is reimbursable to the Bank.
In December, 2014, the FDIC issued new guidance which reclassified the Bank’s prepaid card deposits and most other
deposits as brokered deposits because such deposits are obtained with the assistance of third parties. The reclassification resulted in a
10 basis point increase in our assessment rate which is reflected in the increased FDIC insurance expense in 2015 compared to the
prior year. A reduction in the assessment rate will depend on future FDIC evaluations of the Bank. The Bank’s deposits do not
exhibit the volatility normally associated with brokered deposits obtained through deposit brokers and are considered to be stable and
low cost.
Results of Operations
Overview: Net interest income continued its upward trend in 2015 and 2014 as a result of higher loan balances,
notwithstanding historically low market interest rates resulting from continuing Federal Reserve actions to maintain low rates for
extended periods. As a result of continued low rates, loan yields declined while investment security yields remained flat. Deposit
rates remained at low levels, minimally in excess of 0%. Net interest income grew primarily because of loan growth in targeted
specialty lending segments, including SBLOC, SBA, leasing, and loans generated for sale in secondary markets. Non-interest income
increased in 2015 reflecting a $33.5 million gain on the sale of our health savings business. We believe that this disposition will be
accretive after cost savings are fully realized later in 2016. We also sold the majority of our tax-exempt municipal bond portfolio at a
$14.4 million gain. A portion of the sales proceeds are being reinvested in taxable securities at slightly higher yields. Additional
personnel for BSA and other regulatory compliance, especially for prepaid cards, and additional staffing expense for the CMBS
division were, with other infrastructure costs, reflected in higher non-interest expense. In 2014, the Bank discontinued its regional
Philadelphia commercial loan division to focus on its national specialty lending lines of business. Approximately $568.7 million of net
loan balances remained from this discontinued line of business at December 31, 2015. Related loan reviews and market valuations are
made by independent third parties. Efforts to sell these loans continue and if not sold, the loans would be retained. We also retain the
financing receivable of $178.5 million from the 2014 sale of loans in a securitization to an independent investor. This investor
contributed $16.0 million of equity to the securitization. In the second quarter of 2015, an additional $149.6 million of loans were
sold at a gain of approximately $2.2 million. At December 31, 2015, our continuing specialty lending total loans amounted to $1.08
billion, an increase of $203.5 million over the $874.6 balance at December 31, 2014. Our investment securities available for sale
decreased $423.5 million to $1.07 billion from $1.49 billion between those respective dates. We reduced our investment securities
balances and funded higher yielding loans and loans held for sale. We have and are in the process of exiting non-strategic deposit
relationships which do not provide the opportunity to generate other income. These exits are planned to reduce excess balances at the
Federal Reserve Bank. While such balances are not at risk at that government institution, they distort leverage capital ratios.
Net Income: 2015 compared to 2014. Income from continuing operations before income taxes was $6.8 million in 2015
compared to $7.3 million in 2014 reflecting increased net interest and non-interest income mostly offset by non-interest expense.
While in 2015 there was a $34.0 million increase in non-interest income (excluding securities gains and other-than-temporary
impairment, or OTTI, charges) and a $10.5 million increase in net interest income, these increases were more than offset by an
$898,000 increase in the provision for loan and lease losses, a $32.6 million increase in BSA related consulting expenses and a $25.5
million increase in other non-interest expense. Of that $25.5 million increase, $7.9 million resulted from higher salary and employee
benefits expense primarily as a result of staff additions, with the balance of the increase resulting from other expenses principally
44
including higher FDIC insurance, software expense, legal expense, data processing expense and a $3.0 million civil money penalty in
connection with the 2015 Consent Order. Staff additions were made to our BSA and regulatory compliance functions due to increased
regulatory requirements and to our SBA, leasing, SBLOC and CMBS loan origination and sales departments to accommodate their
growth. Data processing and software expense categories increased $3.5 million as a result of an increased number of accounts and
transaction volume and for prepaid card and other software to improve efficiency and scalability. FDIC insurance expense increased
$4.5 million, reflecting a $293,000 assessment due to the prior period financial restatements and the reclassification of the majority of
the Bank’s deposits as brokered, with reductions in future assessment rates dependent on future FDIC evaluations of the Bank.
Depreciation, rent and other occupancy costs increased $1.2 million reflecting additional main office operations space, BSA staff
space and additional office space for our CMBS loan origination and sales department. The $34.0 million increase in non-interest
income (excluding securities gains and OTTI charges) reflected: a $33.5 million gain on sale of the majority of our health savings
portfolio, a $3.8 million decrease in prepaid card fees which reflected the exit of a large relationship in 2014; and a $2.5 million
decrease in gain on sale of loans reflecting lower market spreads. Other income increases included a $2.7 million gain on warrants
related to one of our customer’s equity offerings. Higher net interest income resulted primarily from higher loan balances. Reflecting
the impact of tax exempt municipal bond income, income tax expense for 2015 was $1.5 million, significantly below the 34%
statutory rate. Reflecting a tax benefit resulting from the reversal of valuation allowances, income tax benefit for continuing
operations was $14.5 million in 2014. Reflecting these changes, net income from continuing operations amounted to $5.4 million in
2015, compared to $21.8 million in 2014 or a continuing operations income per diluted share of $.14 compared to continuing
operations income per diluted share of $.57 in 2014. Net income from discontinued operations was $8.1 million for 2015 compared to
net income from discontinued operations of $35.3 million for 2014. Including discontinued operations, diluted income per share was
$.35 for 2015 compared to diluted income per share of $1.49 for 2014 on net income of $13.4 million and $57.1 million, respectively.
Net Income: 2014 compared to 2013. Income from continuing operations before income taxes was $7.3 million in 2014
compared to $20.3 million in 2013. While in 2014 there was a $4.4 million increase in non-interest income (excluding securities gains
and OTTI charges), and a $19.0 million increase in net interest income, these increases were more than offset by an $847,000 increase
in the provision for loan and lease losses, $8.8 million of BSA related consulting expenses and a $25.4 million increase in other non-
interest expense. Of that $25.4 million increase, $8.3 million resulted from higher salary and employee benefits expense primarily as
a result of staff additions, with the balance of the increase resulting from other expenses including higher FDIC insurance and data
processing expense. The staff additions were made to our BSA and regulatory compliance functions due to increased regulatory
requirements including the Consent Orders and for prepaid card and commercial loan sales departments to accommodate their growth.
Data processing and software expense categories increased $3.7 million as a result of an increased number of accounts and transaction
volume and for prepaid card and other software to improve efficiency and scalability. FDIC insurance expense increased $3.1 million,
reflecting deposit growth and the reclassification of the majority of the Bank’s deposits as brokered. Depreciation, rent and other
occupancy costs increased $1.7 million reflecting additional main office operations and compliance space and new Florida office
space for BSA staff. The $4.4 million increase in non-interest income (excluding securities gains and OTTI charges) reflected: a $5.9
million increase in prepaid card fees which reflected higher volumes of transactions and accounts; a $4.7 million decrease in gain on
sale of loans resulting from lower spreads; a $1.4 million increase in both service fees on deposits and card payment income and
increases in other non-interest income categories. Higher net interest income resulted primarily from higher securities and loan
balances. Reflecting a tax benefit resulting from the reversal of valuation allowances, income tax benefit for continuing operations
increased to $14.5 million in 2014 compared to expense of $6.8 million in 2014. Reflecting the tax benefit, net income from
continuing operations amounted to $21.8 million in 2014, compared to $13.5 million in 2013 or a continuing operations income per
diluted share of $.57 compared to continuing operations income per diluted share of $.35 in 2013. Net income from discontinued
operations was $35.3 million for 2014 compared to net loss of $27.9 million for 2013. Net income in 2014 reflected the reversal of
loan charges restated back to prior periods including 2013, which resulted in a loss in that year. Including discontinued operations,
diluted income per share was $1.49 for 2014 compared to diluted loss per share of $0.40 for 2013 on net income of $57.1 million and
net loss of $14.4 million, respectively.
Net Interest Income: 2015 compared to 2014. Our net interest income for 2015 increased to $69.9 million, an increase of
$10.5 million or 17.7%, from $59.4 million for 2014, reflecting a $12.8 million or 18.1% increase in interest income to $83.5 million
from $70.7 million for 2014. The increase in net interest income resulted primarily from higher loan balances. Our average loans and
leases increased 37.9% to $1.27 billion in 2015 from $921.1 million for 2014, while related interest income increased $13.7 million on
a tax equivalent basis. Our average investment securities decreased 4.4% to $1.44 billion for 2015 from $1.51 billion for 2014, while
related interest income decreased $1.6 million on a tax equivalent basis. We decreased our investment portfolio to reinvest in higher
yielding SBA, leasing and SBLOC loans. Interest expense increased by $2.3 million in 2015 compared to 2014, reflecting higher
average deposit balances and a 4 basis point increase in rates.
45
Our net interest margin (calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets) for 2015 decreased 23
basis points to 2.37% from 2.60% for 2014. The decrease reflected higher balances maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank. Deposits
invested at the Federal Reserve bore interest at only 50 basis points beginning in fourth quarter 2015 and 25 basis points previously.
The decrease also reflected lower balances of discontinued assets (primarily loans) held for sale and lower loan yields. For 2015, the
average yield on our interest-earning assets increased to 2.44% from 2.42% for 2014, an increase of 2 basis points. The cost of total
deposits increased to 0.30% for 2015 from 0.26% for 2014, an increase of 4 basis points. The cost of total deposits and interest
bearing liabilities increased to 0.31% in 2015 compared to 0.27% in 2014, an increase of 4 basis points. In 2015, average demand and
interest checking deposits amounted to $3.98 billion, compared to $3.75 billion in 2014, an increase of 6.1%. The increase primarily
reflected increased balances in institutional banking and card payment processing deposits. In 2015, average total deposits increased
5.7% to $4.36 billion, compared to $4.12 billion in 2014. Average savings and money market balances were lower in 2015 reflecting
our strategy of exiting higher cost deposits. In 2016, we plan to continue to exit non-strategic deposit relationships which do not
present the opportunity to generate other income.
Net Interest Income: 2014 compared to 2013. Our net interest income for 2014 increased to $59.4 million, an increase of
$19.0 million or 47.2%, from $40.4 million for 2013, reflecting a $19.6 million or 38.3% increase in interest income to $70.7 million
from $51.2 million for 2013. The increase in net interest income resulted primarily from higher balances of securities and loans. Our
average loans and leases increased 43.4% to $921.1 million in 2014 from $642.4 million for 2013, while related interest income
increased $8.8 million on a tax equivalent basis. Our average investment securities increased 42.6% to $1.51 billion for 2014 from
$1.06 billion for 2013, while related interest income increased $14.8 million on a tax equivalent basis. We increased our investment
portfolio in 2014 to increase yields earned on funds which would otherwise be invested in lower yielding overnight investments. The
impact of the reductions in rates by the Federal Reserve which began in the second half of 2007 continued as rates remained at historic
lows in 2014. Interest expense increased by $527,000 in 2014 compared to 2013, reflecting higher deposit balances.
Our net interest margin for 2014 increased 16 basis points to 2.60% from 2.44% for 2013. The increase in net interest margin
resulted primarily from deploying balances at the Federal Reserve into higher yielding loans and investments. Deposits invested at the
Federal Reserve bore interest at only 25 basis points through December 2015. For 2014, the average yield on our interest-earning
assets increased to 2.42% from 2.03% for 2013, an increase of 39 basis points. The cost of total deposits decreased to 0.26% for 2014
from 0.27% for 2013, a decrease of 1 basis point. The cost of total deposits and interest bearing liabilities decreased to 0.27% in 2014
compared to 0.29% in 2013, a decrease of 2 basis points. In 2014, average demand and interest checking deposits amounted to $3.75
billion, compared to $3.19 billion in 2013, an increase of 17.6%. The increase primarily reflected increased balances in prepaid card
and card payment processing deposits. In 2014, average total deposits increased 11.3% to $4.12 billion, compared to $3.70 billion in
2013. Average savings and money market balances were lower in 2014 reflecting the exit of higher cost deposits.
46
Average Daily Balances. The following table presents the average daily balances of assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity
and the respective interest earned or paid on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as average rates for the
periods indicated:
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
Loans net of unearned fees and costs **
Leases - bank qualified*
Investment securities-taxable
Investment securities-nontaxable*
Interest earning deposits at Federal Reserve Bank
Federal funds sold and securities sold under agreements to
resell
Net interest earning assets
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Assets held for sale from discontinued operations
Other assets
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity:
Deposits:
Demand and interest checking
Savings and money market
Time
Total deposits
Short-term borrowings
Repurchase agreements
Subordinated debt
Total deposits and interest bearing liabilities
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Shareholders' equity
Average
balance
2015
Interest
Year ended December 31,
Average
rate
Average
balance
(dollars in thousands)
2014
Interest
Average
rate
$ 1,245,189 $ 48,733
1,734
19,918
16,646
2,354
25,126
989,705
452,526
935,093
3.91% $ 903,681 $ 35,849
938
6.90%
20,662
2.01%
17,454
3.68%
1,792
0.25%
17,400
1,031,584
477,384
720,240
40,402
3,688,041
578
89,963
1.43%
2.44%
33,814
3,184,103
462
77,157
3.97%
5.39%
2.00%
3.66%
0.25%
1.37%
2.42%
(4,111)
715,116
311,978
$ 4,711,024
28,925
4.04%
(3,521)
1,162,319
109,888
$ 4,452,789
49,891
4.29%
$ 3,975,475 $ 10,982
1,867
275
13,124
337,168
44,789
4,357,432
0.28% $ 3,746,958 $ 9,097
1,574
0.55%
96
0.61%
10,767
0.30%
366,160
7,974
4,121,092
12
15
448
13,599
0.26%
0.29%
3.34%
0.31%
4,575
5,224
13,401
4,380,632
10,403
4,391,035
-
50
478
11,295
5
17,496
13,401
4,151,994
17,721
4,169,715
0.24%
0.43%
1.20%
0.26%
0.00%
0.29%
3.57%
0.27%
319,989
$ 4,711,024
283,074
$ 4,452,789
Net interest income on tax equivalent basis *
$ 105,289
$ 115,753
Tax equivalent adjustment
Net interest income
Net interest margin *
* Full taxable equivalent basis, using a 35% statutory tax rate.
** Includes loans held for sale.
6,433
6,437
$ 98,856
$ 109,316
2.37%
2.60%
47
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
Loans net of unearned fees and costs **
Leases - bank qualified*
Investment securities-taxable
Investment securities-nontaxable*
Interest earning deposits at Federal Reserve Bank
Federal funds sold and securities sold under agreements to resell
Net interest earning assets
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Assets held for sale from discontinued operations
Other assets
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity:
Deposits:
Demand and interest checking
Savings and money market
Time
Total deposits
Repurchase agreements
Subordinated debt
Total deposits and interest bearing liabilities
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Shareholders' equity
Net interest income on tax equivalent basis *
Tax equivalent adjustment
Net interest income
Net interest margin *
Year ended December 31,
2013
Average
balance
$ 626,158
16,209
811,440
246,490
931,468
34,589
2,666,354
(2,320)
1,271,576
80,415
$ 4,016,025
Interest
(dollars in
thousands)
$ 27,048
910
15,999
7,320
2,328
425
54,030
Average
rate
4.32%
5.61%
1.97%
2.97%
0.25%
1.23%
2.03%
55,400
4.36%
$ 3,185,919
500,113
17,443
3,703,475
$ 7,851
2,133
182
10,166
18,442
13,401
3,735,318
25,277
3,760,595
255,430
$ 4,016,025
54
548
10,768
$ 98,662
2,880
$ 95,782
0.25%
0.43%
1.04%
0.27%
0.29%
4.09%
0.29%
2.44%
* Full taxable equivalent basis, using a 35% statutory tax rate.
** Includes loans held for sale.
In 2015, average interest-earning assets increased to $3.69 billion, an increase of $503.9 million, or 15.8%, from 2014. The
increase reflected increased average balances of loans and leases of $349.2 million, or a 37.9% and decreased average balances of
investment securities of $66.7 million, or a 4.4%. Average demand and interest checking deposits increased $228.5 million, or a 6.1%
increase as the institutional banking and card payment processing deposits grew as a result of clients added through marketing efforts.
Average savings and money market deposits decreased $29.0 million, or 7.9%, reflecting the exit of certain higher cost deposit
relationships.
48
Volume and Rate Analysis. The following table sets forth the changes in net interest income attributable to either changes in
volume (average balances) or to changes in average rates from 2013 through 2015 on a tax equivalent basis. The changes attributable
to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to
rate.
Interest income:
Taxable loans net of unearned discount
Bank qualified tax free leases net of
unearned discount
Investment securities-taxable
Investment securities-nontaxable
Interest earning deposits
Federal funds sold
Assets held for sale from discontinued
operations
Total interest earning assets
Interest expense:
Demand and interest checking
Savings and money market
Time
Total deposit interest expense
Short-term borrowings
Subordinated debt
Other borrowed funds
Total interest expense
Net interest income:
2015 versus 2014
Due to change in:
Rate
Volume
Total
Volume
(in thousands)
2014 versus 2013
Due to change in:
Rate
Total
$ 13,359 $ (475) $ 12,884 $ 10,788 $ (1,987) $ 8,801
488
(843)
(915)
541
93
308
99
107
21
23
796
(744)
(808)
562
116
(18,233)
(5,510)
(2,733)
(2,650)
(20,966)
(8,160)
61
4,406
8,128
(526)
(9)
(4,700)
18,148
(33)
257
2,006
(10)
46
(809)
(530)
28
4,663
10,134
(536)
37
(5,509)
17,618
$ 555 $ 1,330 $ 1,885 $ 1,383 $ (137) $ 1,246
(559)
(86)
601
-
(70)
(4)
527
$ (6,119) $ (4,345) $ (10,464) $ 17,464 $ (373) $ 17,091
404
(21)
1,713
12
(30)
-
1,695
293
179
2,357
12
(30)
(35)
2,304
(576)
(120)
687
-
-
(3)
684
(111)
200
644
-
-
(35)
609
17
34
(86)
-
(70)
(1)
(157)
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses. Our provision for loan and lease losses was $2.1 million for 2015, $1.2 million for
2014 and $355,000 for 2013. Provisions are based on our evaluation of the adequacy of our allowance for loan and lease losses,
particularly in light of current economic conditions. That evaluation reflected the impact of the levels of charge-offs which totaled
$1.4 million, $1.5 million and $520,000, in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively and growth in the loan portfolio. At December 31,
2015, our allowance for loan and lease losses amounted to $4.4 million or 0.41% of total loans. We believe that our allowance is
adequate to cover expected losses. For more information about our provision and allowance for loan and lease losses and our loss
experience see “Financial Condition—Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” and “Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience,”
below.
Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income was $133.1 million for 2015, compared to $85.0 million for 2014 and $82.1
million for 2013. The $48.0 million, or 56.5%, increase in non-interest income in 2015 compared to 2014 reflected a $33.5 million
gain on sale of the majority of our health savings business in 2015. It also reflected $14.4 million of securities gains resulting from the
sale of substantially the entire tax-exempt municipal bond portfolio in the fourth quarter of 2015. The sales were made to accelerate
the Bank’s utilization of deferred tax assets and a portion of the proceeds are being invested in taxable securities with slightly higher
yields. Prepaid card fees decreased 7.4%, to $47.5 million from $51.3 million in 2014 which reflected the exit of a large relationship
in 2014 as described in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 15, 2014. Commercial loan sales income decreased $2.5 million
to $10.1 million reflecting lower market spreads. In 2015, service fees on deposit accounts increased $1.1 million, or 17.8%,
reflecting increased service charges on healthcare and retirement accounts, and card payment processing fees increased $329,000, or
6.1% as a result of higher volumes of card payment processing and clearing house payments and ACH transactions. Change in value
of investment in unconsolidated entity increased $1.7 million reflecting interest received and valuation changes. The investment in
unconsolidated entity resulted from our partial financing of the securitization that purchased a portion of our discontinued loans.
Other non-interest income increased $3.5 million to $5.3 million from $1.9 million in 2014. The increase reflected a $2.7 million gain
on warrants related to one of our customer’s equity offerings. A $3.0 million, or 3.6%, increase in non-interest income in 2014
compared to 2013 principally reflected the $5.9 million impact of net increases in transaction volumes and accounts on prepaid card
fees. Prepaid card fees increased 13.1%, to $51.3 million from $45.3 million in 2013. Also service fees on deposit accounts increased
$1.4 million, or 27.4%, reflecting increased service charges on retirement accounts, and card payment processing fees increased $1.4
49
million, or 33.5% as a result of higher volumes of card payment processing and clearing house payments and ACH transactions.
These increases were partially offset by a decrease in commercial loan sales income of $4.7 million to $12.5 million. While the
volume of loans sold increased significantly, spreads narrowed, resulting in the decrease.
Non-Interest Expense. Total non-interest expense in 2015 was $194.1 million, an increase of $58.1 million or 42.7% over the
$136.0 million in 2014. The increase reflected an increase of $32.6 million in BSA and lookback consulting expenses. Lookback
expenses are being incurred to analyze historical transactions for potential BSA exceptions as required by the 2014 Consent Order.
Salaries and employee benefits amounted to $68.4 million in 2015, an increase of $7.9 million or 13.0% over the $60.5 million in
2014. The increase reflected staff additions and related expense for BSA and regulatory compliance and to our SBA, SBLOC, leasing
and CMBS loan origination and sales departments to accommodate their growth. Depreciation and amortization increased $224,000
to $4.7 million, or 5.0%, from $4.5 million in 2014, which reflected additional leasehold improvements and equipment for staff
additions and information technology upgrades to existing equipment. Rent and occupancy increased $965,000 to $5.7 million, or
20.6%, from $4.7 million in 2014, which reflected additional main office operations space, BSA staff space and additional office
space for our CMBS loan origination and sales department. Data processing expense increased to $14.4 million, an increase of
approximately $1.2 million or 8.7% from $13.2 million in 2014, reflecting increased account and transaction volume. Printing and
supplies increased $422,000 or 18.9% to $2.7 million from $2.2 million in 2014. Audit expense increased $576,000 or 40.4% to $2.0
million from $1.4 million in 2014. The higher expense in 2015 reflected increased BSA audit expense for European operations. Legal
expense increased $1.7 million, or 82.1%, to $3.8 million from $2.1 million in 2014. The increase in legal expense reflected higher
fees related to regulatory matters. FDIC insurance increased $4.5 million or 66.3% to $11.3 million from $6.8 million for 2014. The
increase resulted primarily from a higher assessment rate and increased average deposits. In 2015, we also had an additional
assessment of approximately $293,000 due to the prior period financial restatements. In December 2014, the FDIC issued new
guidance which reclassified the Bank’s prepaid card deposits and most of its other deposits as brokered, which resulted in a 10 basis
point increase in the assessment rate. Software expense increased $2.3 million or 47.1% to $7.2 million from $4.9 million in 2014.
The increase included prepaid card and other software to improve efficiency and scalability and the write-off of capitalized software
projects related to the health savings business which was sold. Insurance expense increased $223,000 or 13.1% to $1.9 million from
$1.7 million in 2014. The increase reflected the impact of increased premiums for several coverages. Telecom and information
technology network communications expense decreased $515,000 or 20.3% to $2.0 million from $2.5 million in 2014 reflecting the
timing of the resolution of billing disputes. Securitization and servicing expense increased $105,000 or 5.7% to $1.9 million from
$1.8 million in 2014. Consulting increased $881,000 or 25.5% to $4.3 million from $3.5 million in 2014. The increase reflected
$586,000 of expense for the independent review of our BSA/AML compliance programs, including consulting related to the internal
audit of those programs. Other non-interest expense increased $5.0 million or 31.3% to $21.1 million from $16.0 million in 2014.
The $5.0 million increase primarily reflected increases as follows: $3.0 million for a civil money penalty in connection with the
amendment to the 2014 Consent Order, $543,000 in travel, $543,000 in prepaid card losses, $307,000 in directors fees, $306,000 in
customer identification or verification expense, $238,000 in operating taxes, $212,000 in postage and $124,000 in correspondent bank
fees.
Total non-interest expense in 2014 was $136.0 million, an increase of $34.2 million or 33.6% over the $101.8 million in
2013. The increase reflected $8.8 million of BSA and lookback consulting expenses. Lookback expenses are being incurred to
analyze historical transactions for potential BSA exceptions as required by the 2014 Consent Order. Salaries and employee benefits
amounted to $60.5 million in 2014, an increase of $8.3 million or 15.8% over the $52.2 million in 2013. The increase reflected staff
additions and related expense for BSA compliance, commercial loan sales and infrastructure. The increase also included $1.2 million
of supplemental executive retirement expense reflecting the release of new actuarial assumptions in October, 2014 and the former
Chief Executive Officer’s retirement on December 31, 2014. The former Chief Executive Officer was the sole executive covered by a
retirement plan, although the Company maintains a 401k plan for all employees. Depreciation and amortization increased $829,000 to
$4.5 million, or 22.4%, from $3.7 million in 2013, which reflected additional leasehold improvements and equipment for staff
additions and information technology upgrades to existing equipment. Rent and occupancy increased $836,000 to $4.7 million, or
21.7%, from $3.9 million in 2013, which reflected additional main office operations and compliance space and new Florida office
space for BSA staff. Data processing expense increased to $13.2 million, an increase of approximately $2.3 million or 21.3% from
$10.9 million in 2013, reflecting increased account and transaction volume. Printing and supplies increased $631,000 or 39.5% to
$2.2 million from $1.6 million in 2013. Audit expense decreased $14,000 or 1.0% to $1.4 million from $1.4 million in 2013. Legal
expense increased $54,000, or 2.6%, to $2.1 million from $2.0 million in 2013. FDIC insurance increased $3.1 million or 84.8% to
$6.8 million from $3.7 million for 2013. The increase resulted primarily from a higher assessment rate and increased average
deposits. In December, 2014, the FDIC issued new guidance which reclassified the Bank’s prepaid card deposits and most of its other
deposits as brokered, which resulted in a 10 basis point increase in the fourth quarter assessment, or approximately a $1.0 million
increase in FDIC expense for that quarter. Software expense increased $1.4 million or 38.1% to $4.9 million from $3.5 million in
2013. The increase included software for prepaid cards and for information technology to improve efficiency and scalability.
50
Insurance expense increased $389,000 or 29.7% to $1.7 million from $1.3 million in 2013. The increase reflected the impact of
additional coverage for prepaid cards. Telecom and information technology network communications increased $1.0 million or 70.7%
to $2.5 million from $1.5 million in 2013 reflecting costs associated with the new Florida location for BSA staff and increased costs
for European information technology operations. Securitization and servicing expense increased $1.1 million or 140.3% to $1.8
million from $767,000 in 2013. The increase primarily reflected an increased volume of loans sold in 2014 compared to the prior
year. Consulting increased $1.8 million or 103.1% to $3.5 million from $1.7 million in 2013. The increase reflected increased
information technology costs and CMBS consulting fees. Other non-interest expense increased $3.6 million or 29.3% to $16.0 million
from $12.4 million in 2013. The $3.6 million increase primarily reflected increases as follows: $500,000 for a legal settlement,
$400,000 in lodging, $495,000 in prepaid card losses, $185,000 in association fees, and $176,000 in postage, $167,000 in recruitment
fees and $135,000 in correspondent bank fees.
Income Tax Benefit and Expense
Income tax expense for continuing operations was $1.5 million for 2015 versus a benefit of $14.5 million for 2014 and $6.8
million of expense for 2013. The tax benefit in 2014 primarily resulted from the reversal of valuation allowances. The effective tax
rate for 2015 was 21.3% compared to a benefit in 2014 and a 33.3% effective tax rate in 2013. The effective tax rate in 2015 and 2013
reflected the impact of tax exempt municipal securities income.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity defines our ability to generate funds to support asset growth, meet deposit withdrawals, satisfy borrowing needs
and otherwise operate on an ongoing basis. We invest the funds we do not need for daily operations primarily in our interest-bearing
account at the Federal Reserve Bank.
Our primary source of funding has been deposits. While there was a decrease in deposits of $207.0 million in 2015, liquidity
within the available for sale securities portfolio and balances at the Federal Reserve Bank exceeded $1 billion at December 31, 2015.
Accordingly, while there was a net outflow of deposits in 2015, significant excess liquidity continued to be invested overnight. Our
deposit growth in 2015 continued to exceed our ability to deploy the funds in prudent loans, resulting in relatively high levels of cash
and cash equivalents which we discuss below. Loan repayments, also a source of funds, were exceeded by new loan disbursements
during 2015. While we do not have a traditional branch system, we believe that our core deposits, which include our demand, interest
checking, savings and money market accounts, have similar characteristics to those of a bank with a branch system. We believe that
the rate on our deposits is at or below competitors’ rates. The focus of our business model is to identify affinity groups that control
significant amounts of deposits as part of their business. A key component to the model is that the affinity group deposits are both
stable and “sticky,” in the sense that they do not react to fluctuations in the market. However, certain components of the deposits do
experience seasonality, creating greater excess liquidity at certain times in 2015. We plan to exit additional deposit relationships which
do not generate other income. These reductions are planned to reduce excess balances at the Federal Reserve Bank which earn low
rates and distort leverage capital ratios.
Historically, we have also used sources outside of our deposit products to fund our loan growth, including Federal Home
Loan Bank (FHLB) advances, repurchase agreements, and institutional (brokered) certificates of deposit. In 2015, the vast majority of
our funding was derived from prepaid cards and transaction accounts. While the FDIC now classifies prepaid and most of our other
deposits obtained with the cooperation of third parties as brokered, they continue to acknowledge that such deposits are stable and low
cost. We maintain secured borrowing lines with the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank. As of December 31, 2015, we had a
$580.6 million line of credit with the FHLB and as of January 31, 2016, we had a $136.2 million line with the Federal Reserve Bank.
These lines may be collateralized by specified types of loans or securities. As of December 31, 2015, we had no amounts outstanding
on our borrowing lines. We expect to continue to maintain our facility with the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank. We actively
monitor our positions and contingent funding sources on a daily basis.
In 2011, we adopted a common stock repurchase program. Share repurchases will reduce the amount of shares outstanding.
Repurchased shares may be reissued for various corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2014, we had repurchased 100,000 shares of
a total 750,000 maximum number of shares authorized by the Board of Directors. The 100,000 shares were repurchased in 2011 at an
average cost of $8.66. We did not repurchase any shares in 2015, 2014 and 2013.
As a result of the discontinuance of our commercial loan operations we have received and expect to continue to receive
during 2016, additional cash proceeds from the sale or repayment of discontinued loans. We currently anticipate that these proceeds
51
will be deployed into investment securities. We have sold loans with an approximate book value of $342.2 million of the approximate
$1.1 billion book value of loans in that portfolio as of September 30, 2014, the date of discontinuance of operations. The $342.2
million of loans sold had a face value of approximately $417.1 million. These sales were comprised of the following: Loans with an
approximate face and book value of $267.6 million and $192.7 million, respectively, were sold in the fourth quarter of 2014 to a
private securitization entity. The securitization is managed by an independent investor, which contributed $16 million of equity to that
entity. The balance of the sale was financed by the Bank and is reflected on the consolidated balance sheet as investment in
unconsolidated entity. After $74.9 million of loan charges reflected in the difference between the face value and book value of the
loans sold to the securitization, we recognized a gain on sale of $17.0 million. In the second quarter of 2015, an additional $149.6
million of loans were sold at a gain of approximately $2.2 million. Approximately $568.7 million of the net loan balances remain
from this discontinued line of business consisting primarily of loans secured by commercial real estate. Related loan reviews and
markdowns are made by an independent third party. Efforts to sell these loans continue and if not sold these loans would be retained.
We also retain the financing receivable of $178.5 million from the 2014 sale of loans to the securitization.
Included in our cash and cash-equivalents at December 31, 2015, were $1.15 billion of interest-earning deposits which
primarily consisted of deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank. Traditionally, we sell our excess funds overnight to other financial
institutions, with which we have correspondent relationships, to obtain better returns. As federal funds rates became comparable to
the 25 basis point level offered by the Federal Reserve Bank through December 2015, we adjusted our strategy to retain our excess
funds at the Federal Reserve, which also offers the full guarantee of the federal government.
In 2015, sales and repayments of investment securities exceeded purchases by $403.7 million, creating additional liquidity.
Funding was directed primarily at cash outflows for net loans of $204.8 million in 2015, $240.0 million in 2014 and $134.1 million in
2013 and for purchases of investment securities (net of repayments), of $232.6 million in 2014 and $596.5 million in 2013. In 2015,
repayments of securities exceeded purchases as we funded higher yielding loans. At December 31, 2015, we had outstanding
commitments to fund loans, including unused lines of credit, of $831.5 million.
To manage excess cash balances maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank, the Bank has exited and will likely continue to exit
less profitable deposit relationships. High cash balances, notwithstanding that they are invested at the Federal Reserve Bank, distort
the leverage capital ratio by increasing the asset base on which that ratio is derived We have historically down-streamed the majority
of the capital funding we have generated from common stock offerings to the Bank. We have historically not paid dividends on our
common stock and have no plans to do so in the foreseeable future.
As a holding company conducting substantially all of our business through our subsidiaries, our need for liquidity consists
principally of cash needed to make required interest payments on our trust preferred securities. As of December 31, 2015, we had
approximate cash reserves of $10.0 million at the holding company. Current quarterly interest payments on the $13.4 million of trust
preferred securities are approximately $135,000 based on a floating rate of 3.25% over the three-month London Interbank Offered
Rate or LIBOR. As a result of a supervisory letter, Federal Reserve approval is required for any dividend from us, and FDIC approval
is required for any dividend from the Bank to us, which, apart from the $10 million of cash on hand, is our principal source of
liquidity. See Item 1, “Business—Regulation under Banking Law,” and Item 1A, “Risk Factors-Risks Relating to Our Business-The
entry into the Consent Orders, as amended, and a supervisory letter from the Federal Reserve, have imposed certain restrictions and
requirements upon us and the Bank”. The Federal Reserve approved the payment of the interest due March 15, 2016 on our trust
preferred securities. Future payments are subject to future approval by the Federal Reserve.
We expect that the conditions under which the Amendment to the 2014 Consent Order was issued will be remediated and the
FDIC will permit the Bank to resume paying dividends to us to fund holding company operations. There can, however, be no
assurance that the FDIC will, in fact allow the resumption of Bank dividends to us at the end of that period or at all and, accordingly,
there is risk that we will need to obtain alternate sources of funding. There can be no assurance that such sources would be available
to us on acceptable terms or at all.
We must comply with capital adequacy guidelines issued by the FDIC. A bank must, in general, have a Tier 1 leverage ratio
of 5.0%, a ratio of Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 10.0% and a ratio of
common equity to risk-weighted assets of 6.50% to be considered “well capitalized”. The Tier I leverage ratio is the ratio of Tier 1
capital to average assets for the period. “Tier I capital” includes common shareholders’ equity, certain qualifying perpetual preferred
stock and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less intangibles. At December 31, 2015, we were “well
capitalized” under banking regulations.
52
The following table sets forth our regulatory capital amounts and ratios for the periods indicated:
As of December 31, 2015
The Bancorp
The Bancorp Bank
"Well capitalized" institution (under FDIC
regulations)
As of December 31, 2014
The Bancorp
The Bancorp Bank
"Well capitalized" institution (under FDIC
regulations)
Asset and Liability Management
Tier 1 capital
to average
assets ratio
Tier 1 capital
to risk-weighted
assets ratio
Total capital
to risk-weighted
assets ratio
Common equity
tier 1 to risk
weighted assets
7.17%
6.90%
5.00%
7.07%
6.46%
5.00%
14.67%
13.98%
8.00%
11.54%
10.46%
6.00%
14.88%
14.18%
10.00%
11.67%
10.59%
10.00%
14.67%
13.98%
6.50%
N/A
N/A
N/A
The management of rate sensitive assets and liabilities is essential to controlling interest rate risk and optimizing interest
margins. An interest rate sensitive asset or liability is one that, within a defined time period, either matures or experiences an interest
rate change in line with general market rates. Interest rate sensitivity measures the relative volatility of an institution’s interest margin
resulting from changes in market interest rates.
As a financial institution, potential interest rate volatility is a primary component of our market risk. Fluctuations in interest
rates will ultimately impact the level of our earnings and the market value of all of our interest-earning assets, other than those with
short-term maturities. We do not own any trading assets. We use hedging transactions only for commercial loans originated for sale
into secondary securities markets.
We have adopted policies designed to stabilize net interest income and preserve capital over a broad range of interest rate
movements. To effectively administer the policies and to monitor our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, we maintain an
asset/liability committee, consisting of the Bank’s Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Credit Officer. This
committee meets quarterly to review our financial results, develop strategies to optimize margins and to respond to market conditions.
The primary goal of our policies is to optimize margin and manage interest rate risk, subject to overall policy constraints for prudent
management of interest rate risk.
We monitor, manage and control interest rate risk through a variety of techniques, including use of traditional interest rate
sensitivity analysis (also known as “gap analysis”) and an interest rate risk management model. With the interest rate risk
management model, we project future net interest income and then estimate the effect of various changes in interest rates and balance
sheet growth rates on that projected net interest income. We also use the interest rate risk management model to calculate the change
in net portfolio value over a range of interest rate change scenarios. Traditional gap analysis involves arranging our interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities by repricing periods and then computing the difference (or “interest rate sensitivity gap”)
between the assets and liabilities that we estimate will reprice during each time period and cumulatively through the end of each time
period.
Both interest rate sensitivity modeling and gap analysis are done at a specific point in time and involve a variety of
significant estimates and assumptions. Interest rate sensitivity modeling requires, among other things, estimates of how much and
when yields and costs on individual categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities will respond to general changes
in market rates, future cash flows and discount rates. Gap analysis requires estimates as to when individual categories of interest-
sensitive assets and liabilities will reprice, and assumes that assets and liabilities assigned to the same repricing period will reprice at
the same time and in the same amount. Gap analysis does not account for the fact that repricing of assets and liabilities is
discretionary and subject to competitive and other pressures. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive
assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive
liabilities exceeds interest rate sensitive assets. During a period of falling interest rates, a positive gap would tend to adversely affect
net interest income, while a negative gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income, all else equal. During a period of
53
rising interest rates, a positive gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income while a negative gap would tend to affect
net interest income adversely.
The following table sets forth the estimated maturity or repricing structure of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities at December 31, 2015. Except as stated below, the amounts of assets or liabilities shown which reprice or mature during a
particular period were determined in accordance with the contractual terms of each asset or liability. Loans currently at their interest
rate floors are classified at their maturity date, though they are tied to variable interest rates. The majority of demand and interest-
bearing demand deposits and savings deposits are assumed to be “core” deposits, or deposits that will generally remain with us
regardless of market interest rates. We estimate the repricing characteristics of these deposits based on historical performance, past
experience, judgmental predictions and other deposit behavior assumptions. However, we may choose not to reprice liabilities
proportionally to changes in market interest rates for competitive or other reasons. Additionally, although non-interest bearing
demand accounts are not paid interest we estimate certain of the balances will reprice as a result of the fees that are paid to the affinity
groups which are based upon a rate index and therefore included in interest expense. The table does not assume any prepayment of
fixed-rate loans and mortgage-backed securities are scheduled based on their anticipated cash flow, including prepayments based on
historical data and current market trends. The table does not necessarily indicate the impact of general interest rate movements on our
net interest income because the repricing and related behavior of certain categories of assets and liabilities is beyond our control as, for
example, prepayments of loans and withdrawal of deposits. As a result, certain assets and liabilities indicated as repricing within a
stated period may in fact reprice at different times and at different rate levels.
1-90
Days
91-364
Days
1-3
Years
3-5
Years
Over 5
Years
(dollars in thousands)
Interest earning assets:
Commercial loans held for sale
Loans net of deferred loan costs
Investment securities
Interest earning deposits
Total interest earning assets
Interest bearing liabilities:
Demand and interest checking
Savings and money market
Time deposits
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Subordinated debenture
Total interest bearing liabilities
Gap
Cumulative gap
Gap to assets ratio
Cumulative gap to assets ratio
$ 307,276 $ 10,818 $ 49,239 $ 29,006 $ 93,599
5,431
447,479
-
546,509
763,195
246,119
1,147,519
2,464,109
149,308
160,436
-
358,983
116,423
123,721
-
269,150
43,720
185,933
-
240,471
2,297,124
95,958
428,549
925
13,401
2,835,957
-
-
-
-
-
-
$ (371,848) $ (77,140) $ 137,330 $ 269,150 $ 546,509
$ (371,848) $ (448,988) $ (311,658) $ (42,508) $ 504,001
125,695
191,916
-
-
-
317,611
125,695
95,958
-
-
-
221,653
-
-
-
-
-
-
-8%
-8%
-2%
-9%
3%
-7%
6%
*
11%
11%
The method used to analyze interest rate sensitivity in this table has a number of limitations. Certain assets and liabilities
may react differently to changes in interest rates even though they reprice or mature in the same or similar time periods. The interest
rates on certain assets and liabilities may change at different times than changes in market interest rates, with some changing in
advance of changes in market rates and some lagging behind changes in market rates. Additionally, the actual prepayments and
withdrawals we experience when interest rates change may deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the data shown in
the table.
Because of the limitations in the gap analysis discussed above, we believe that interest sensitivity modeling may more
accurately reflect the effects of our exposure to changes in interest rates, notwithstanding its own limitations. Net interest income
simulation considers the relative sensitivities of the consolidated balance sheet including the effects of interest rate caps on adjustable
rate mortgages and the relatively stable aspects of core deposits. As such, net interest income simulation is designed to address the
probability of interest rate changes and the behavioral response of the consolidated balance sheet to those changes. Market Value of
Portfolio Equity, or MVPE, represents the fair value of the net present value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items.
We believe that the assumptions utilized in evaluating our estimated net interest income are reasonable; however, the interest
rate sensitivity of our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet financial instruments as well as the estimated effect of changes in interest
rates on estimated net interest income could vary substantially if different assumptions are used or actual experience differs from
54
presumed behavior of various deposit and loan categories. The following table shows the effects of interest rate shocks on our MVPE
and net interest income. Rate shocks assume that current interest rates change immediately and sustain parallel shifts. For interest
rate increases or decreases of 100 and 200 basis points, our policy includes a guideline that our MVPE ratio should not decrease more
than 10% and 15%, respectively, and that net interest income should not decrease more than 10% and 15%, respectively. While the
percentage change of 18.67% in the down 200 basis point scenario, exceeds the 15% guideline, the fact that short term rates are
approximately .50% implies that a 200 basis point decrease is not currently realistic. As illustrated in the following table, we
complied with our asset/liability policy at December 31, 2015. While our modeling suggests an increase in market rates will have a
positive impact on margin (as shown in the table below), the amount of such increase cannot be determined, and there can be no
assurance any increase will be realized.
Rate scenario
+200 basis points
+100 basis points
Flat rate
-100 basis points
-200 basis points
Net portfolio value at
December 31, 2015
Amount
Percentage
change
Net interest income
Amount
Percentage
change
$ 578,945
574,356
569,517
534,714
463,186
(dollars in thousands)
1.66%
0.85%
0.00%
-6.11%
-18.67%
$ 100,524
98,530
96,830
98,376
88,288
3.81%
1.76%
0.00%
1.60%
-8.82%
If we should experience a mismatch in our desired gap ranges or an excessive decline in our MVPE subsequent to an
immediate and sustained change in interest rate, we have a number of options available to remedy such a mismatch. We could
restructure our investment portfolio through the sale or purchase of securities with more favorable repricing attributes. We could also
emphasize loan products with appropriate maturities or repricing attributes, or we could emphasize deposits or obtain borrowings with
desired maturities.
Historically, we have used variable rate commercial loans as the principal means of limiting interest rate risk. Both the
Bank’s SBLOC and SBA loans are primarily variable rate. We continue to evaluate market conditions and may change our current
gap strategy in response to changes in those conditions.
Financial Condition
General. Our total assets at December 31, 2015 were $4.77 billion, of which our total loans and loans held for sale from
continuing operations were $1.57 billion and our assets held for sale (from discontinued operations) were $583.9 million, $568.7
million of which were loans. At December 31, 2014 our total assets were $4.99 billion, of which our total loans and loans held for
sale from continuing operations were $1.09 billion and our assets held for sale (from discontinued operations) were $887.9 million,
$867.4 million of which were loans. Investment securities available for sale decreased to $1.07 billion at December 31, 2015 from
$1.49 billion at December 31, 2014. The decrease in total assets at December 31, 2015 reflected decreases in investment securities
and discontinued assets.
Interest earning deposits and federal funds sold. At December 31, 2015, we had a total of $1.15 billion of interest earning
deposits, comprised primarily of balances at the Federal Reserve Bank, which pays interest on such balances.
Investment portfolio. The Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 320,
Investments—Debt and Equity Securities, requires that debt and equity securities classified as available-for-sale be reported at fair
value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income. Accordingly, marking
an available-for-sale portfolio to market results in fluctuations in the level of shareholders’ equity and equity-related financial ratios as
market interest rates and market demand for such securities cause the fair value of fixed-rate securities to fluctuate. Debt securities for
which we have the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are carried at amortized cost.
For detailed information on the composition and maturity distribution of our investment portfolio, see Note D to the
Consolidated Financial Statements. Total investment securities decreased to $1.16 billion on December 31, 2015, a decrease of
$423.7 million or 26.7% from a year earlier. The decrease in investment securities was primarily a result of non-taxable municipal
bond sales.
55
Other securities, included in the held-to-maturity classification at December 31, 2015, consisted of three securities secured by
diversified portfolios of corporate securities, one bank senior note, two single issuer trust preferred securities and one pooled trust
preferred security.
A total of $17.9 million of other debt securities - single issuers is comprised of the following: (i) amortized cost of the two
single issuer trust preferred securities of $10.9 million, of which one security for $1.9 million was issued by a bank and one security
totaling $9.0 million was issued by an insurance company; and (ii) book value of a bank senior note of $7.0 million.
A total of $75.7 million of other debt securities – pooled is comprised of the following: (i) one pooled trust preferred security
for $52,000, which was collateralized by bank trust preferred securities; and (ii) book value of three securities consisting of diversified
portfolios of corporate securities of $75.6 million.
The following table provides additional information related to our single issuer trust preferred securities as of December 31,
2015 (in thousands):
Security A
Security B
Single issuer
Class: All of the above are trust preferred securities.
Book value
$ 1,904
9,014
Fair value
$ 2,000
5,558
Unrealized gain/(loss)
Credit rating
$ 96
(3,456)
Not rated
Not rated
The following table provides additional information related to our pooled trust preferred securities as of December 31, 2015:
Pool A (7 performing issuers)
Pooled issue
Class
Mezzanine
Book value
$ 52
Fair value
$ 52
Unrealized
gain/(loss)
$ -
Credit rating
CAA3
Excess
subordination
*
* There is no excess subordination for these securities.
Under the accounting guidance related to the recognition of other-than-temporary impairment charges on debt securities, an
impairment on a debt security is deemed to be other-than-temporary if it meets either of the following conditions: i) we intend to sell
or it is more likely than not we will be required to sell the security before a recovery in value, or ii) we do not expect to recover the
entire amortized cost basis of the security. If we intend to sell or it is more likely than not we will be required to sell the security
before a recovery in value, a charge is recorded in net realized losses in the consolidated statement of operations equal to the
difference between the fair value and amortized cost basis of the security. For those other-than-temporarily impaired debt securities
which do not meet the first condition and for which we do not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis, the difference between
the security’s amortized cost basis and the fair value is separated into the portion representing a credit impairment, which is recorded
in net realized losses in the consolidated statement of operations, and the remaining impairment, which is recorded in other
comprehensive income. Generally, a security’s credit impairment is the difference between its amortized cost basis and the best
estimate of its expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective yield prior to impairment. The previous amortized cost
basis less the impairment recognized in net realized losses on the consolidated income statement becomes the security’s new cost
basis. For 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, we recognized other-than-temporary impairment charges of $0, $0 and $20,000 related
to trust preferred securities classified in our held-to-maturity portfolio.
56
The following table presents the book value and the approximate fair value for each major category of our investment
securities portfolio. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, our investments were categorized as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity
(in thousands).
U.S. Government agency securities
Federally insured student loan securities
Tax-exempt obligations of states and political subdivisions
Taxable obligations of states and political subdivisions
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Commercial loan obligation securities
Foreign debt securities
Corporate and other debt securities
U.S. Government agency securities
Federally insured student loan securities
Tax-exempt obligations of states and political subdivisions
Taxable obligations of states and political subdivisions
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Foreign debt securities
Corporate and other debt securities
Available-for-sale
December 31, 2015
Held-to-maturity
December 31, 2015
Amortized
cost
$ 29,315
118,651
94,572
95,802
451,432
58,512
70,573
57,375
95,354
$ 1,071,586
Fair
value
$ 29,238
115,149
97,163
97,696
450,107
58,303
70,492
57,132
94,818
$ 1,070,098
Amortized
cost
$ -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
93,590
$ 93,590
Fair
value
$ -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
91,599
$ 91,599
Available-for-sale
December 31, 2014
Held-to-maturity
December 31, 2014
Amortized
cost
$ 16,519
125,789
535,622
58,868
419,503
123,519
67,094
126,610
$ 1,473,524
Fair
value
$ 16,561
126,012
551,269
61,379
422,129
123,239
66,878
126,172
$ 1,493,639
Amortized
cost
$ -
-
-
-
-
-
-
93,765
$ 93,765
Fair
value
$ -
-
-
-
-
-
-
91,914
$ 91,914
Investments in Federal Home Loan and Atlantic Central Bankers Bank stock are recorded at cost and amounted to $1.1
million at December 31, 2015 and $1.0 million at December 31, 2014.
Investment securities with a carrying value of $19.2 million at December 31, 2015 and $25.7 million at December 31, 2014,
were pledged as collateral to secure securities sold under repurchase agreements as required or permitted by law.
The following tables show the contractual maturity distribution and the weighted average yields of our investment securities
portfolio as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands):
Available-for-sale
U.S. Government agency securities
Federally insured student loan securities
Tax-exempt obligations of states and
political subdivisions*
Taxable obligations of states and
political subdivisions
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Commercial loan obligation securities
Foreign debt securities
Corporate and other debt securities
Total
Weighted average yield
Zero
to one
year
$ 400
-
Average
yield
After
one to
five
years
After
five to
ten
years
Average
yield
0.00%$ 15,791
78,458
0.00%
Over
ten
years
Average
yield
2.66% $ 13,047 2.34%$ 29,238
115,149
1.46%
Average
yield
36,691 1.38%
Total
0.21%$ -
-
0.00%
29,684
0.72%
30,333
1.20%
17,043
2.89%
20,103 4.50%
97,163
9,324
-
27,549
-
4,829
-
$ 71,786
0.94%
0.00%
3.44%
0.00%
1.35%
0.00%
10,693
8,032
25,212
-
48,494
81,248
$ 204,012
1.92%
2.15%
2.38%
0.00%
2.26%
2.53%
45,898
94,318
920
70,492
3,809
11,276
$ 338,005
3.27%
2.69%
2.74%
2.14%
2.62%
3.26%
31,781 4.37%
347,757 1.91%
4,622 4.00%
- 0.00%
- 0.00%
2,294 2.00%
$ 456,295
97,696
450,107
58,303
70,492
57,132
94,818
$ 1,070,098
1.83%
2.20%
2.39%
2.17%
*If adjusted to their taxable equivalents, yields would approximate 1.09%, 1.82%, 4.38% and 6.82% for zero to one year, one to five years, five to ten
years and over ten years, respectively at a Federal tax rate of 34%
57
Held-to-maturity
Corporate and other debt securities
Total
Weighted average yield
Zero
to one
year
$ -
$ -
Average
yield
-
After
one to
five
years
$ 7,016
$ 7,016
After
five to
ten
years
Average
yield
3.21%$ -
$ -
Average
yield
-
Over
ten
years
Average
yield
Total
$ 86,574 1.66%$ 93,590
$ 93,590
$ 86,574
3.21%
1.66%
Loan Portfolio. We have developed a detailed credit policy for our lending activities and we utilize loan committees to
oversee the lending function. SBLOC and other consumer loans, SBA, Leases and CMBS each have their own loan committee. The
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Credit Officer and the Bank’s Senior Credit Officer serve on all committees. Each committee also
includes lenders from that particular type of specialty lending. The Chief Credit Officer is responsible for both regulatory compliance
and adherence to our internal credit policy. Key committee members have lengthy experience and certain of them have had similar
positions at substantially larger institutions.
We originate substantially all of our portfolio loans, although from time to time we purchase lease pools. If a proposed loan
should exceed our lending limit, we would sell a participation in the loan to another financial institution. The following table
summarizes our loan portfolio, not including loans held for sale, by loan category for the periods indicated (in thousands):
SBA non real estate
SBA commercial mortgage
SBA construction
SBA loans *
Direct lease financing
SBLOC
Other specialty lending
Other consumer loans
Unamortized loan fees and costs
Total loans, net of deferred loan costs
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
$ 68,887
114,029
6,977
189,893
231,514
575,948
48,315
23,180
1,068,850
9,227
$ 1,078,077
$ 62,425
82,317
20,392
165,134
194,464
421,862
48,625
36,168
866,253
8,340
$ 874,593
$ 45,875
69,730
51
115,656
175,610
293,109
1,588
45,152
631,115
4,886
$ 636,001
$ 50,059
30,824
7,411
88,294
156,697
235,184
1,212
50,893
532,280
2,861
$ 535,141
$ 16,829
10,338
4,118
31,285
129,682
144,668
1,165
57,411
364,211
1,184
$ 365,395
*The following table shows SBA loans and SBA loans held for sale for the periods indicated (in thousands):
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
SBA loans, including deferred fees and costs
SBA loans included in held for sale
Total SBA loans
$ 197,966
109,174
$ 307,140
$ 172,660
38,704
$ 211,364
$ 120,016
14,708
$ 134,724
$ 90,750
-
$ 90,750
$ 32,080
-
$ 32,080
The following table presents selected loan categories by maturity for the periods indicated (in thousands):
SBA non real estate
SBA commercial mortgage
SBA construction
Loans at fixed rates
Loans at variable rates
Total
Within
one year
December 31, 2015
One to five
years
After
five years
(in thousands)
Total
$ 520
12,393
4,197
$ 17,110
$ 1,908
166
-
$ 2,074
$ 66,459
101,471
2,780
$ 170,710
$ 68,887
114,030
6,977
$ 189,894
$ -
2,074
$ 2,074
$ -
170,710
$ 170,710
$ -
172,784
$ 172,784
58
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. We review the adequacy of our allowance for loan and lease losses on at least a
quarterly basis to determine a provision for loan losses in an amount necessary to maintain our allowance at a level that is appropriate,
based on management’s estimate of inherent losses. Our estimates of loan and lease losses are intended to, and, in management’s
opinion, do meet the criteria for accrual of loss contingencies in accordance with ASC 450, Contingencies, and ASC 310, Receivables.
The process of evaluating this adequacy has two basic elements: first, the identification of problem loans or leases based on current
financial information and the fair value of the underlying collateral; and second, a methodology for estimating general loss reserves.
For loans or leases classified as “special mention,” “substandard” or “doubtful,” we reserve all estimated losses at the time we classify
the loan or lease. This “specific” portion of the allowance is the total of potential, although unconfirmed, losses for individually
classified loans. In this process, we establish specific reserves based on an analysis of the most probable sources of repayment and
liquidation of collateral. While each impaired loan is individually evaluated, not every loan requires a reserve when the collateral
value and estimated cash flows exceed the current balance.
The second phase of our analysis represents an allocation of the allowance. This methodology analyzes pools of loans that
have similar characteristics and applies historical loss experience and other factors for each pool including management’s experience
with similar loan and lease portfolios at other institutions, the historic loss experience of our peers and a review of statistical
information from various industry reports to determine the allocable portion of the allowance. This estimate is intended to represent
the potential unconfirmed and inherent losses within the portfolio. Individual loan pools are created for major loan categories:
SBLOCs, SBA loans, direct lease financing and other specialty lending and consumer loans. We augment historical experience for
each loan pool by accounting for such items as current economic conditions, current loan portfolio performance, loan policy or
management changes, loan concentrations, increases in our lending limit, average loan size and other factors as appropriate. Our chief
credit officer oversees the loan review department processes and measures the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses
independently of loan production officers. A description of loan review coverage targets is as follows.
At December 31, 2015, approximately 47% of the total continuing loan portfolio had been reviewed as a result of the
coverage of each loan portfolio type. The loan review policy guidelines were revised in December 2015 to establish minimum
coverages for each loan portfolio. The targeted coverages and scope of the reviews are risk-based and vary according to each
portfolio. These thresholds are planned to be achieved by December 31, 2016 and maintained as follows.
Security Backed Lines of Credit – The targeted review threshold for 2016 is 40% with the largest 25% of SBLOCs by
commitment to be reviewed annually. At December 31, 2015 approximately 35% of the SBLOC portfolio had been reviewed.
SBA Loans – The targeted review threshold for 2016 is 100%, less guaranteed portions of any purchased loans and loans
funded within 90 days of quarter end. Although loans are not typically purchased, loans for CRA purposes are periodically purchased.
At December 31, 2015, approximately 89% of the Government Guaranteed Loan portfolio had been reviewed. The portion not
reviewed includes $29 million in purchased loans which are subject to government guarantees and $3 million in newly funded loans.
Leasing – The targeted review threshold for 2016 is 50%. At December 31, 2015, approximately 40% of the Leasing
portfolio had been reviewed.
Commercial Mortgaged Backed Securities (Floating Rate) – The targeted review threshold for 2016 is 100%. Floating rate
loans will be reviewed initially within 90 days of funding and will be monitored on an ongoing basis as to payment
status. Subsequent reviews will be performed based on a sampling each quarter. Each floating rate Loan will be reviewed if any
available extension options are exercised. At December 31, 2015, approximately 57% of the CMBS floating rate portfolio had been
reviewed. The portion not reviewed includes $122 million in newly funded loans.
CMBS (Fixed Rate) - CMBS fixed rate loans will generally not be reviewed as they are sold on the secondary market in a
relatively short period of time. 100% of fixed rate loans that are unable to be readily sold on the secondary market and remain on the
bank's books after nine months will be reviewed at least annually. At December 31, 2015, none of the CMBS (Fixed Rate) portfolio
loans met the scope for review.
Specialty Lending - Specialty Lending, defined as commercial loans unique in nature that do not fit into other established
categories, will have a review coverage threshold of 100% for non-Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA loans. At December 31,
2015, approximately 100% of the non CRA loans had been reviewed.
Home Equity Lines of Credit, or HELOC – The targeted review threshold for 2016 is 50%. The largest 25% of HELOCs by
commitment will be reviewed annually. At December 31, 2105 approximately 52% of the HELOC portfolio had been reviewed.
59
The following table presents delinquencies by type of loan for December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):
December 31, 2015
SBA non real estate
SBA commercial mortgage
SBA construction
Direct lease financing
SBLOC
Other specialty lending
Consumer - other
Consumer - home equity
Unamortized loan fees and costs
December 31, 2014
SBA non real estate
SBA commercial mortgage
SBA construction
Direct lease financing
SBLOC
Other specialty lending
Consumer - other
Consumer - home equity
Unamortized loan fees and costs
30-59 Days past
due
60-89 Days past
due
Greater than 90
days
Total past due
Non-accrual
$ - $ - $ - $ 733 $ 733 $ 68,154 $ 68,887
114,029
6,977
231,514
575,948
48,315
6,845
16,335
9,227
$ 3,957 $ 4,507 $ 403 $ 1,927 $ 10,794 $ 1,067,283 $ 1,078,077
114,029
6,977
224,046
575,948
48,315
6,844
13,743
9,227
-
-
7,468
-
-
1
2,592
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,194
-
-
-
3,957
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3,108
-
-
1
1,398
-
-
-
403
-
-
-
-
-
Total loans
Current
$ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 62,425 $ 62,425
82,317
20,392
194,464
421,862
48,625
8,663
27,505
8,340
$ 5,092 $ 2,289 $ 149 $ 1,907 $ 9,437 $ 865,156 $ 874,593
82,317
20,392
187,400
421,862
48,625
8,654
25,141
8,340
-
-
7,064
-
-
9
2,364
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,907
-
-
-
5,083
-
-
9
-
-
-
-
1,832
-
-
-
457
-
-
-
149
-
-
-
-
-
Although we consider our allowance for loan and lease losses to be adequate based on information currently available, future
additions to the allowance may be necessary due to changes in economic conditions, our ongoing loss experience and that of our
peers, changes in management’s assumptions as to future delinquencies, recoveries and losses, deterioration of specific credits and
management’s intent with regard to the disposition of loans and leases.
The following table presents an allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses among the types of loans or leases in our
portfolio at December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands):
SBA non real estate
SBA commercial mortgage
SBA construction
Direct lease financing
SBLOC
Other specialty lending
Consumer loans
Unallocated
SBA non real estate
SBA commercial mortgage
SBA construction
Direct lease financing
SBLOC
Other specialty lending
Consumer loans
Unallocated
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
Allowance
$ 844
408
48
1,022
759
199
939
181
$ 4,400
% Loan
type to
total loans
6.44%
10.67%
0.65%
21.66%
53.88%
4.52%
2.18%
-
100.00%
Allowance
$ 385
461
114
836
562
66
1,181
33
$ 3,638
% Loan
type to
total loans
7.21%
9.50%
2.35%
22.45%
48.70%
5.61%
4.18%
-
100.00%
Allowance
$ 419
496
-
311
293
1
2,361
-
$ 3,881
% Loan
type to
total loans
7.27%
11.05%
0.01%
27.83%
46.44%
0.25%
7.15%
-
100.00%
December 31, 2012
December 31, 2011
Allowance
$ 54
43
8
256
73
-
1,273
-
$ 1,707
% Loan
type to
total loans
4.62%
2.84%
1.13%
35.61%
39.72%
0.32%
15.76%
-
100.00%
Allowance
$ 193
104
42
239
236
-
3,171
-
$ 3,985
% Loan
type to
total loans
9.40%
5.79%
1.39%
29.44%
44.18%
0.23%
9.57%
-
100.00%
60
Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience. The following tables summarize our credit loss experience for each of the
periods indicated (in thousands):
SBA non real
estate
SBA
commercial
mortgage
SBA
construction
Direct lease
financing
SBLOC
Other specialty
lending
Other consumer
loans
Unallocated
Total
December 31,
2015
Beginning
balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision
(credit)
$ 385 $ 461 $ 114 $ 836 $ 562 $ 66 $ 1,181 $ 33 $ 3,638
(1,361)
23
(1,220)
23
(111)
-
(30)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2,100
Ending balance $ 844 $ 408 $ 48 $ 1,022 $ 762 $ 199 $ 936 $ 181 $ 4,400
570
133
148
200
952
216
(53)
(66)
Ending
balance:
Individually
evaluated for
impairment
Ending
balance:
Collectively
evaluated for
impairment
$ 123 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 26 $ - $ 149
$ 721 $ 408 $ 48 $ 1,022 $ 762 $ 199 $ 910 $ 181 $ 4,251
Loans:
Ending balance $ 68,887 $ 114,029 $ 6,977 $ 231,514 $ 575,948 $ 48,315 $ 23,180 $ 9,227 $ 1,078,077
Ending
balance:
Individually
evaluated for
impairment
Ending
balance:
Collectively
evaluated for
impairment
$ 904 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 1,524 $ - $ 2,428
$ 67,983 $ 114,029 $ 6,977 $ 231,514 $ 575,948 $ 48,315 $ 21,656 $ 9,227 $ 1,075,649
61
December 31,
2014
Beginning
balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision
(credit)
$ 419 $ 496 $ - $ 311 $ 293 $ 1 $ 2,361 $ - $ 3,881
(1,504)
59
(307)
12
(323)
25
(871)
22
(3)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,202
Ending balance $ 385 $ 461 $ 114 $ 836 $ 562 $ 66 $ 1,181 $ 33 $ 3,638
(331)
823
272
261
114
(35)
65
33
Ending
balance:
Individually
evaluated for
impairment
Ending
balance:
Collectively
evaluated for
impairment
$ 40 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 271 $ - $ 311
$ 345 $ 461 $ 114 $ 836 $ 562 $ 66 $ 910 $ 33 $ 3,327
Loans:
Ending balance $ 62,425 $ 82,317 $ 20,392 $ 194,464 $ 421,862 $ 48,625 $ 36,168 $ 8,340 $ 874,593
Ending
balance:
Individually
evaluated for
impairment
Ending
balance:
Collectively
evaluated for
impairment
$ 197 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 2,253 $ - $ 2,450
$ 62,228 $ 82,317 $ 20,392 $ 194,464 $ 421,862 $ 48,625 $ 33,915 $ 8,340 $ 872,143
62
December 31,
2013
Beginning
balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision
(credit)
$ 193 $ 104 $ 42 $ 239 $ 236 $ - $ 3,171 $ - $ 3,985
(520)
61
(447)
53
(29)
8
(44)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
355
Ending balance $ 419 $ 496 $ - $ 311 $ 293 $ 1 $ 2,361 $ - $ 3,881
(416)
270
392
(42)
93
57
1
-
Ending
balance:
Individually
evaluated for
impairment
Ending
balance:
Collectively
evaluated for
impairment
$ 95 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 135 $ - $ 230
$ 324 $ 496 $ - $ 311 $ 293 $ 1 $ 2,226 $ - $ 3,651
Loans:
Ending balance $ 45,875 $ 69,730 $ 51 $ 175,610 $ 293,109 $ 1,588 $ 45,152 $ 4,886 $ 636,001
Ending
balance:
Individually
evaluated for
impairment
Ending
balance:
Collectively
evaluated for
impairment
$ 385 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 1,356 $ - $ 1,741
$ 45,490 $ 69,730 $ 51 $ 175,610 $ 293,109 $ 1,588 $ 43,796 $ 4,886 $ 634,260
63
December 31,
2012
Beginning
balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision
(credit)
$ 54 $ 43 $ 8 $ 256 $ 73 $ - $ 1,273 $ - $ 1,707
(4,377)
13
(4,290)
-
(87)
13
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6,642
Ending balance $ 193 $ 104 $ 42 $ 239 $ 236 $ - $ 3,171 $ - $ 3,985
6,188
139
163
57
61
34
-
-
Ending
balance:
Individually
evaluated for
impairment
Ending
balance:
Collectively
evaluated for
impairment
$ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ -
$ 193 $ 104 $ 42 $ 239 $ 236 $ - $ 3,171 $ - $ 3,985
Loans:
Ending balance $ 50,059 $ 30,824 $ 7,411 $ 156,697 $ 235,184 $ 1,212 $ 50,893 $ 2,861 $ 535,141
Ending
balance:
Individually
evaluated for
impairment
Ending
balance:
Collectively
evaluated for
impairment
$ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 927 $ - $ 927
$ 50,059 $ 30,824 $ 7,411 $ 156,697 $ 235,184 $ 1,212 $ 49,966 $ 2,861 $ 534,214
64
December 31,
2011
Beginning
balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision
(credit)
$ 5 $ - $ - $ 164 $ 81 $ - $ 1,132 $ - $ 1,382
(1,319)
6
(1,279)
6
(39)
-
(1)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,638
Ending balance $ 54 $ 43 $ 8 $ 256 $ 73 $ - $ 1,273 $ - $ 1,707
1,414
131
49
43
(7)
8
-
-
Ending
balance:
Individually
evaluated for
impairment
Ending
balance:
Collectively
evaluated for
impairment
$ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 205 $ - $ 205
$ 54 $ 43 $ 8 $ 256 $ 73 $ - $ 1,068 $ - $ 1,502
Loans:
Ending balance $ 16,829 $ 10,338 $ 4,118 $ 129,682 $ 144,668 $ 1,165 $ 57,411 $ 1,184 $ 365,395
Ending
balance:
Individually
evaluated for
impairment
Ending
balance:
Collectively
evaluated for
impairment
$ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 1,252 $ - $ 1,252
$ 16,829 $ 10,338 $ 4,118 $ 129,682 $ 144,668 $ 1,165 $ 56,159 $ 1,184 $ 364,143
The following table summarizes select asset quality ratios for each of the periods indicated:
Ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total loans
Ratio of the allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans (1)
Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets (1)
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans
As of or
for the years ended
December 31,
2015
2014
0.41%
188.84%
0.05%
0.11%
0.42%
176.95%
0.04%
0.16%
(1) Nonperforming loans are defined as nonaccrual loans and loans 90 days past due and still accruing interest and are both included in our ratios.
The ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans decreased to 0.41% at December 31, 2015 from 0.42% at
December 31, 2014, which were comparable. Our loan loss methodology includes the measurement of historical net charge-offs by
loan category. The resulting ratios are applied against current outstanding balances for each loan category. Those computed reserves
are added to reserves on specific loans and, with an allocation for economic and other factors, comprise the required level of the
allowance for loan losses (see “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses”). In the year ended December 31, 2015, the fastest growing
segment of the loan portfolio was SBLOC, which has historically experienced low levels of losses as a result of the marketable
securities collateralizing these loans and related loan to value requirements (see Item 1. “Business-Lending-SBA Loans”). The ratio of
the allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans increased to 188.84% at December 31, 2015 from 176.95% reflecting an
increase of 21% in the allowance for loan losses compared to a lesser proportionate increase in non-performing loans. The increase in
the allowance reflected the impact of higher charge-offs. The ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets increased to .05% from
65
.04% as a result of the increase in nonperforming assets while total assets declined slightly. The ratio of net charge-offs to average
loans was 0.11% for 2015 compared to 0.16% for the prior year, primarily as result of increased average loan balances in 2015.
Net charge-offs. Net charge-offs of $1.3 million in 2015 were comparable to $1.4 million of net charge-offs in 2014.
Non-performing loans, loans 90 days delinquent and still accruing, and troubled debt restructurings. Loans are considered
to be non-performing if they are on a non-accrual basis or they are past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest. A loan which
is past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest remains on accrual status only when it is both adequately secured as to principal
and interest, and is in the process of collection. Troubled debt restructurings are loans with terms that have been renegotiated to
provide a reduction or deferral of interest or principal because of a weakening in the financial positions of the borrowers. The
following tables summarize our non–performing loans, other real estate owned (OREO) and our loans past due 90 days or more still
accruing interest (in thousands).
2015
2014
December 31,
2013
(in thousands)
2012
2011
Non-accrual loans
SBA non real estate
Consumer
Total non-accrual loans
Loans past due 90 days or more
Total non-performing loans
Other real estate owned
Total non-performing assets
$ 733 $ - $ 168 $ - $ -
1,252
1,252
1,356
1,524
1,907
1,907
1,194
1,927
927
927
745
1,997
-
$ 2,330 $ 2,056 $ 1,634 $ 933 $ 1,997
110
1,634
-
149
2,056
-
403
2,330
-
6
933
-
The loans that were modified during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and considered troubled debt
restructurings are as follows (in thousands):
SBA non-real estate
Consumer
Total
Number
December 31, 2015
Pre-modification
recorded
investment
Post-
modification
recorded
investment
1 $ 171 $ 171
2
434
434
3 $ 605 $ 605
December 31, 2014
Pre-
modification
recorded
investment
Post-
modification
recorded
investment
Number
1 $ 197 $ 197
1
346
346
2 $ 543 $ 543
The balances below provide information as to how the loans were modified as troubled debt restructured loans at December
31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):
SBA non-real estate
Consumer
Total
December 31, 2015
Extended
maturity
Adjusted
interest rate
$ -
-
Combined rate
and maturity
$ -
-
$ - $ 501 $ 104 $ - $ 543 $ -
Combined rate
and maturity
$ 171 $ -
104
Adjusted
interest rate
$ - $ 197
346
330
-
December 31, 2014
Extended
maturity
As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had no commitments to lend additional funds to loan
customers whose terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings.
66
The following table summarizes as of December 31, 2015 loans that were restructured within the last 12 months that have
subsequently defaulted (in thousands).
Consumer
Total
December 31, 2015
Number
Pre-modification recorded
investment
1
1
$ 104
$ 104
The following table provides information about impaired loans at December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):
December 31, 2015
Without an allowance recorded
SBA non real estate
Consumer - other
Consumer - home equity
With an allowance recorded
SBA non real estate
Consumer - other
Consumer - home equity
Total
SBA non real estate
Consumer - other
Consumer - home equity
December 31, 2014
Without an allowance recorded
SBA non real estate
Consumer - other
Consumer - home equity
With an allowance recorded
SBA non real estate
Consumer - other
Consumer - home equity
Total
SBA non real estate
Consumer - other
Consumer - home equity
Recorded
investment
Unpaid
principal
balance
Related
allowance
Average
recorded
investment
Interest
income
recognized
$ 263
330
368
$ 263
330
368
$ -
-
-
$ 228
338
966
$ -
-
-
640
-
827
903
330
1,195
640
-
927
903
330
1,295
123
-
26
123
-
26
670
-
800
898
338
1,766
-
-
-
-
-
-
$ -
346
827
$ -
346
927
$ -
-
-
$ -
139
1,043
$ -
-
-
197
-
1,080
197
346
1,907
197
-
1,080
197
346
2,007
40
-
271
40
-
271
967
369
885
967
508
1,928
-
-
-
-
-
-
We had $1.9 million of non-accrual loans at December 31, 2015 compared to $1.9 million of non-accrual loans at December
31, 2014. The activity in non-accrual loans reflected $2.1 million of loans placed on non-accrual status, partially offset by $1.2
million of loan charge-offs and $935,000 of loan payments. Included within the non-accrual loans at December 31, 2015 is one
troubled debt restructured loan with a balance of $104,000. Loans past due 90 days or more still accruing interest amounted to
$403,000 and $149,000 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The $254,000 increase reflected $1.7 million of
additions, partially offset by $1.2 million of loan payments, $104,000 of transfers to non-accrual, $12,000 of charge-offs and $74,000
of transfers to repossessed assets. We had no OREO at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
67
We evaluate loans under an internal loan risk rating system as a means of identifying problem loans. The following table
provides information by credit risk rating indicator for each segment of the loan portfolio excluding loans held for sale at the dates
indicated (in thousands):
December 31, 2015
SBA non real estate
SBA commercial mortgage
SBA construction
Direct lease financing
SBLOC
Other specialty lending
Consumer
Unamortized loan fees and
costs
December 31, 2014
SBA non real estate
SBA commercial mortgage
SBA construction
Direct lease financing
SBLOC
Other specialty lending
Consumer
Unamortized loan fees and
costs
Pass
Special mention Substandard
Doubtful
Loss
Unrated subject
to review *
Unrated not subject
to review *
Total loans
$ 55,682 $ - $ 904 $ - $ - $ 8,610 $ 3,691 $ 68,887
114,029
6,977
231,514
575,948
48,315
23,180
92,859
6,977
90,588
204,201
46,520
7,631
17,276
-
123,056
352,375
1,795
11,549
3,894
-
17,200
19,372
-
457
-
-
670
-
-
3,473
-
-
-
-
-
70
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
9,227
$ 504,458 $ 70 $ 5,047 $ - $ - $ 49,533 $ 518,969 $ 1,078,077
9,227
-
-
-
-
-
-
$ 49,214 $ - $ 197 $ - $ - $ 669 $ 12,345 $ 62,425
82,317
20,392
194,464
421,862
48,625
36,168
59,086
18,911
58,994
142,286
46,990
14,196
22,266
1,481
135,371
222,216
1,635
19,646
965
-
-
57,360
-
73
-
-
99
-
-
1,907
-
-
-
-
-
346
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
8,340
$ 389,677 $ 346 $ 2,203 $ - $ - $ 59,067 $ 423,300 $ 874,593
8,340
-
-
-
-
-
-
*For information on targeted loan review thresholds see “Allowance for Loan Losses”
Investment in Unconsolidated Entity. On December 30, 2014, the Bank entered into an agreement for, and closed on, the
sale of a portion of its discontinued commercial loan portfolio. The purchaser of the loan portfolio was a newly formed entity, Walnut
Street 2014-1 Issuer, LLC or Walnut Street. The price paid to the Bank for the loan portfolio with a face value of approximately
$267.6 million was approximately $209.6 million, of which approximately $193.6 million was in the form of two notes issued by
Walnut Street to the Bank; a senior note in the principal amount of approximately $178.2 million bearing interest at 1.5% per year and
maturing in December 2024 and a subordinate note in the principal amount of approximately $15.4 million, bearing interest at 10.0%
per year and maturing in December 2024. The balance of these notes comprise the balance of the investment in unconsolidated
entity.
Deposits. A primary source of funding is deposit acquisition. We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest
rates and terms, including prepaid cards, demand and money market accounts. Our primary strategic focus is growing these accounts
through affinity groups. At December 31, 2015, we had total deposits of $4.41 billion compared to $4.62 billion at December 31,
2014, which reflected a decrease of $207.0 million or 4.5% between 2015 and 2014. The following table presents the average balance
and rates paid on deposits for the periods indicated (in thousands):
Demand and interest checking *
Savings and money market
Time
Total deposits
Average
balance
$ 3,975,475
337,168
44,789
$ 4,357,432
December 31, 2015
Average
rate
December 31, 2014
Average
balance
Average
rate
December 31, 2013
Average
balance
Average
rate
0.28% $ 3,746,958
366,160
0.55%
0.61%
7,974
0.30% $ 4,121,092
0.24% $ 3,185,919
500,113
0.43%
1.20%
17,443
0.26% $ 3,703,475
0.25%
0.43%
1.04%
0.27%
* Non-interest bearing demand accounts are not paid interest. The amount shown as interest reflects the fees paid to affinity groups, which are based upon a rate
index, and therefore classified as interest expense.
Borrowings. We had no outstanding advances from the FHLB at December 31, 2015. The Bank also has several lines of
credit, which we discuss in “Liquidity and Capital Resources”. We used these lines minimally in 2015, as a result of deposit growth.
68
We had no outstanding balances on the Bank’s lines of credit at December 31, 2015. We do not have any policy prohibiting us from
incurring debt.
2015
As of or for the year ended December 31,
2014
(dollars in thousands)
2013
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
Balance at year-end
Average during the year
Maximum month-end balance
Weighted average rate during the year
Rate at December 31
$ 925
5,225
15,857
0.29%
0.24%
$ 19,414
17,497
21,496
0.29%
0.29%
$ 21,221
18,442
22,523
0.29%
0.28%
2015
As of or for the year ended December 31,
2014
(dollars in thousands)
2013
Short-term borrowings and federal funds purchased
Balance at year-end
Average during the year
Maximum month-end balance
Weighted average rate during the year
Rate at December 31
$ -
4,575
-
0.26%
0.23%
$ -
-
-
0.00%
0.27%
$ -
-
-
0.00%
0.25%
As of December 31, 2014, we have two established statutory business trusts: The Bancorp Capital Trust II and The Bancorp
Capital Trust III, which we refer to as the Trusts. In each case, we own all the common securities of the Trust. These Trusts issued
preferred capital securities to investors and invested the proceeds in us through the purchase of junior subordinated debentures issued
by us. These debentures are the sole assets of the trusts. The $10.3 million of debentures issued to The Bancorp Capital Trust II on
November 28, 2007, mature on March 15, 2038 and bear interest equal to 3-month LIBOR plus 3.25%. The $3.1 million of
debentures issued to The Bancorp Capital Trust III on November 28, 2007 mature on March 15, 2038, and bear interest at a floating
annual rate equal to 3-month LIBOR plus 3.25%.
Shareholders’ Equity
At December 31, 2015, we had $320.0 million in shareholders’ equity. In December 2012, we issued 4,000,000 shares of our
common stock, par value $1.00, at a public offering price of $11.00 per share in an underwritten public offering. The sale of the
common stock resulted in net proceeds to us, after underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses, of approximately $41.7
million.
Discontinued Operations
As of December 31, 2015 “Assets Held For Sale” reflected the $583.9 million balance of discontinued operations assets,
which included $568.7 million of loans and $10.9 of other real estate owned. To dispose of our discontinued commercial loan
portfolio, we have engaged several intermediaries which are in the business of selling loans, primarily to other financial institutions, to
assist in completing loan sales. A total of approximately $267.6 million par value of loans were sold in the fourth quarter of 2014. See
“Investment in Unconsolidated Entity” above. In the second quarter of 2015, $150 million of loans were sold at a net gain of $2.2
million.
Off-balance Sheet Commitments
We are party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs
of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. These instruments
involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in our consolidated financial
statements.
69
Credit risk is defined as the possibility of sustaining a loss due to the failure of the other parties to a financial instrument to
perform in accordance with the terms of the contract. The maximum exposure to credit loss under commitments to extend credit and
standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. We use the same underwriting standards and
policies in making credit commitments as we do for on-balance sheet instruments.
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent potential credit risk for us at December 31, 2015, were our
commitments to extend credit, which were approximately $831.5 million, and standby letters of credit, which were approximately
$18.5 million, at December 31, 2015.
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition
established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and many require the
payment of a fee. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued that guarantee the performance of a customer to a third
party. Since we expect that many of the commitments or letters of credit we issue will not be fully drawn upon, the total commitment
or letter of credit amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness on a
case-by-case basis. We base the amount of collateral we obtain when we extend credit on our credit evaluation of the customer.
Collateral held varies but may include real estate, marketable securities, pledged deposits, equipment and accounts receivable.
Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments
The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and other commitments, including off-balance sheet commitments,
representing required and potential cash outflows as of December 31, 2015:
Minimum annual rentals on
noncancellable operating leases
Remaining contractual maturities of
time deposits
Loan commitments
Subordinated debenture
Interest expense on subordinated
debenture (1)
Standby letters of credit
Total
Total
Less than
one year
One to
three years
(in thousands)
Three to
five years
After
five years
$ 34,206
$ 3,805
$ 7,823
$ 7,858
$ 14,720
428,549
831,457
13,401
428,549
25,663
-
-
43,506
-
-
10,287
-
-
752,001
13,401
10,163
18,536
$ 1,336,312
458
250
$ 458,725
915
18,286
$ 70,530
915
-
$ 19,060
7,875
-
$ 787,997
(1) Presentation assumes a weighted average interest rate of 3.52%
Impact of Inflation
The primary impact of inflation on our operations is on our operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of
the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on a
financial institution’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same
direction or in the same magnitude as the price of goods and services. While we anticipate that inflation will affect our future
operating costs, we cannot predict the timing or amounts of any such effects.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
Information on recent accounting pronouncements is set forth in Note B, item 19, to the consolidated financial statements
included in this report and is incorporated herein by this reference.
70
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Information with respect to quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk is included under the section entitled
“Asset and Liability Management” in Part 2 Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations”.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
The Bancorp, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Bancorp, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the
“Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes
in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
The Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal
Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our
report dated March 15, 2016 expressed an unmodified opinion.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 15, 2016
71
THE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and due from banks
Interest earning deposits at Federal Reserve Bank
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
Total cash and cash equivalents
Investment securities, available-for-sale, at fair value
Investment securities, held-to-maturity (fair value $91,599 and $91,914, respectively)
Commercial loans held for sale
Loans, net of deferred loan fees and costs
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Loans, net
Federal Home Loan and Atlantic Central Bankers Bank stock
Premises and equipment, net
Accrued interest receivable
Intangible assets, net
Deferred tax asset, net
Investment in unconsolidated entity, at fair value
Assets held for sale from discontinued operations
Other assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES
Deposits
Demand and interest checking
Savings and money market
Time deposits
Time deposits, $100,000 and over
Total deposits
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Subordinated debenture
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common stock - authorized, 50,000,000 shares of $1.00 par value; 37,861,218 and 37,808,777
shares issued at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively
Treasury stock, at cost (100,000 shares)
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Total shareholders' equity
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
(in thousands)
$ 7,643
1,147,519
-
1,155,162
$ 8,665
1,059,320
46,250
1,114,235
1,070,098
93,590
489,938
1,078,077
(4,400)
1,073,677
1,062
21,631
9,471
4,929
36,207
178,520
583,909
47,629
$ 4,765,823
1,493,639
93,765
217,080
874,593
(3,638)
870,955
1,002
17,697
11,251
6,228
33,673
193,595
887,929
45,268
$ 4,986,317
$ 3,602,376
383,832
428,549
-
4,414,757
$ 4,289,586
330,798
1,400
-
4,621,784
925
13,401
16,739
4,445,822
37,861
(866)
300,549
(15,449)
(2,094)
320,001
19,414
13,401
12,695
4,667,294
37,809
(866)
297,987
(28,242)
12,335
319,023
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$ 4,765,823
$ 4,986,317
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
72
THE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Interest income
Loans, including fees
Interest on investment securities:
Taxable interest
Tax-exempt interest
Federal funds sold/securities purchased under agreements to resell
Interest earning deposits
Interest expense
Deposits
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Short-term borrowings
Subordinated debenture
Net interest income
Provision for loan and lease losses
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
Non-interest income
Service fees on deposit accounts
Card payment and ACH processing fees
Prepaid card fees
Gain on sale of loans
Gain on sale of investment securities
Gain on sale of health savings portfolio
Change in value of investment in unconsolidated entity
Other than temporary impairment on securities held-to-maturity
Leasing income
Debit card income
Affinity fees
Other
Total non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Salaries and employee benefits
Depreciation and amortization
Rent and related occupancy cost
Data processing expense
Printing and supplies
Audit expense
Legal expense
Amortization of intangible assets
FDIC Insurance
Software
Insurance
Telecom and IT network communications
Securitization and servicing expense
Consulting
Bank Secrecy Act and lookback consulting expenses
Other
Total non-interest expense
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
Income tax (benefit) provision
Net income from continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes
Income tax provision
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations - basic
Net income (loss) per share from discontinued operations - basic
Net income (loss) per share - basic
Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations - diluted
Net income (loss) per share from discontinued operations - diluted
Net income (loss) per share - diluted
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
73
2015
For the year ended December 31,
2014
(in thousands, except per share data)
2013
$ 49,861
$ 36,459
$ 27,640
19,918
10,820
577
2,354
83,530
13,124
15
12
448
13,599
69,931
2,100
67,831
7,468
5,731
47,496
10,080
14,435
33,531
1,729
-
2,291
1,611
3,358
5,337
133,067
20,662
11,345
462
1,792
70,720
10,767
50
-
478
11,295
59,425
1,202
58,223
6,339
5,402
51,287
12,542
450
-
-
-
2,899
1,679
2,596
1,855
85,049
15,999
4,758
425
2,328
51,150
10,166
54
-
548
10,768
40,382
355
40,027
4,977
4,046
45,339
17,225
1,889
-
-
(20)
2,560
892
2,986
2,179
82,073
68,390
4,747
5,659
14,359
2,651
2,003
3,828
1,186
11,315
7,222
1,923
2,016
1,948
4,333
41,444
21,064
194,088
6,810
1,450
$ 5,360
12,793
4,721
8,072
$ 13,432
60,509
4,523
4,694
13,207
2,229
1,427
2,102
1,211
6,805
4,908
1,700
2,531
1,843
3,452
8,801
16,038
135,980
7,292
(14,523)
$ 21,815
54,625
19,331
35,294
$ 57,109
52,248
3,694
3,858
10,888
1,598
1,441
2,048
1,142
3,682
3,553
1,311
1,483
767
1,700
-
12,404
101,817
20,283
6,767
$ 13,516
(11,669)
16,269
(27,938)
$ (14,422)
$ 0.14
$ 0.21
$ 0.35
$ 0.58
$ 0.94
$ 1.52
$ 0.36
$ (0.75)
$ (0.39)
$ 0.14
$ 0.21
$ 0.35
$ 0.57
$ 0.92
$ 1.49
$ 0.35
$ (0.75)
$ (0.40)
THE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Net income (loss)
$ 13,432 $ 57,109 $ (14,422)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of reclassifications into net income:
For the year ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
(in thousands)
(7,169)
(14,436)
(551)
-
56
(22,100)
(2,544)
(5,147)
-
20
(7,671)
18,710
(450)
-
-
(141)
18,119
6,549
(158)
-
(49)
6,342
(12,905)
(1,889)
-
(133)
30
(14,897)
(4,517)
(661)
(47)
11
(5,214)
(14,429)
(9,683)
$ (997)$ 68,886 $ (24,105)
11,777
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Change in net unrealized gain/(loss) during the period
Reclassification adjustments for gains included in income
Reclassification adjustments for foreign currency translation losses
Reclassification adjustment for called securities
Amortization of (gains)/losses previously held as available-for-sale
Net unrealized gain/(loss) on investment securities
Deferred tax expense (benefit)
Change in net unrealized gain/(loss) during the period
Reclassification adjustments for gains included in income
Reclassification adjustment for called securities
Amortization of (gains)/losses previously held as available-for-sale
Income tax expense (benefit) related to items of other comprehensive income
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax and reclassifications into net income
Comprehensive income (loss)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
74
THE BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
(in thousands except share data)
Common
stock
shares
37,246,655 $ 37,247 $ (866) $ 282,708 $ (65,598) $ 10,241
Additional
paid-in
capital
Common
stock
Treasury
stock
Retained
earnings/
(accumulated
deficit)
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
Balance at January 1, 2013
Net loss
Issuance of common stock
Common stock issued from option exercises,
net of tax benefits
Common stock issued from cashless option
exercises, net of tax benefits
Stock-based compensation
Stock-based income tax benefit
Other comprehensive income, net of
reclassification adjustments and tax
Balance at December 31, 2013
Net income
Issuance of common stock
Common stock issued from option exercises,
net of tax benefits
Common stock issued from cashless option
exercises, net of tax benefits
Common stock issued from vested stock,
net of tax benefits
Stock-based compensation
Stock-based income tax benefit
Other comprehensive loss, net of
reclassification adjustments and tax
Balance at December 31, 2014
Net income
Common stock issued from restricted shares,
cashless exercise, net of tax benefits
Stock-based compensation
Stock-based income tax benefit
Other comprehensive income, net of
reclassification adjustments and tax
175,790
158,272
140,228
-
-
-
176
158
140
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,453
1,495
4,702
3,157
1,061
-
37,720,945
37,721
(866)
294,576
-
9,249
29,208
49,375
-
-
-
-
9
30
49
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
94
459
(49)
2,641
266
-
(14,422)
-
-
(4,842)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(9,683)
(84,862)
57,109
-
-
(489)
-
-
-
-
558
-
-
-
-
-
Total
263,732
(14,422)
1,629
1,653
-
3,157
1,061
(9,683)
247,127
57,109
-
103
-
-
2,641
266
37,808,777 $ 37,809 $ (866) $ 297,987 $ (28,242) $ 12,335 $ 319,023
13,432
13,432
52,441
-
-
-
52
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
587
1,975
-
-
(639)
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,975
-
-
(14,429)
(14,429)
11,777
11,777
Balance at December 31, 2015
37,861,218 $ 37,861 $ (866) $ 300,549 $ (15,449) $ (2,094) $ 320,001
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
75
THE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(dollars in thousands except per share data)
2015
Year ended December 31,
2014
2013
$ 5,360 $ 21,815 $ 13,516
(27,938)
35,294
8,072
Operating activities
Net income from continuing operations
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities
Depreciation and amortization
Provision for loan and lease losses
Net amortization of investment securities discounts/premiums
Stock-based compensation expense
Loans originated for sale
Sale of loans originated for resale
Gain on sales of loans originated for resale
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
Gain on sale of fixed assets
Other than temporary impairment on securities held-to-maturity
Gain on sales of investment securities
Fair value adjustment on investment in unconsolidated entity
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable
Decrease (increase) in other assets
Decrease (increase) in discontinued assets held for sale
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
Net cash used in operating activities
Investing activities
Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale
Purchase of investment securities held-to-maturity
Proceeds from sale of investment securities available-for-sale
Proceeds from redemptions and prepayments of securities held-to-maturity
Proceeds from redemptions and prepayments of securities available-for-sale
Net increase in loans
Net decrease in discontinued loans held for sale
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
Purchases of premises and equipment
Investment in unconsolidated entity
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Financing activities
Net (decrease) increase in deposits
Net (decrease) increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
Proceeds from the exercise of options
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
5,933
2,100
12,884
1,975
(681,526)
418,748
(10,080)
84
(9)
-
(14,435)
2,430
1,780
2,391
5,369
4,044
(234,880)
(346,227)
-
505,534
118
244,293
(205,019)
298,651
327
(8,999)
12,645
501,323
(207,027)
(18,489)
-
-
(225,516)
5,734
1,202
14,059
2,641
(630,165)
495,531
(12,542)
(13,590)
(14)
-
(450)
-
(2,729)
21,966
37,410
(26,155)
(49,993)
(533,168)
-
109,322
3,022
188,252
(240,036)
253,938
64
(6,611)
(193,595)
(418,812)
348,795
(1,807)
-
103
347,091
4,836
355
6,811
3,157
(276,562)
268,019
(17,225)
(200)
(24)
20
(1,889)
-
(3,553)
(222)
(23,390)
15,284
(39,005)
(884,050)
(52,899)
106,243
963
233,262
(134,114)
82,199
137
(9,098)
-
(657,357)
959,768
2,673
1,629
1,653
965,723
269,361
966,588
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
40,927
(121,714)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
1,114,235
1,235,949
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
$ 1,155,162 $ 1,114,235 $ 1,235,949
Supplemental disclosure:
Interest paid
Taxes paid
Transfers of loans to other real estate owned
Transfer of loans to held for sale
$ 13,397 $ 10,768 $ 10,792
$ 592 $ 2,578 $ 17,602
$ - $ 725 $ -
$ - $ - $ 32,795
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
76
THE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note A—Organization and Nature of Operations
The Bancorp, Inc. (the Company) is a Delaware corporation and a registered financial holding company. Its primary
subsidiary is a wholly owned subsidiary bank, The Bancorp Bank (the Bank). The Bank is a Delaware chartered commercial bank
located in Wilmington, Delaware and is a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insured institution. In its continuing
operations, the Bank has four primary lines of specialty lending: security backed lines of credit (SBLOC), leasing, Small Business
Administration (SBA) loans and loans generated for sale into capital markets through commercial mortgage backed securities (CMBS)
and collateralized loan obligations (CLO). Through the Bank, the Company also provides deposit generating banking services
nationally, which include prepaid cards, private label banking, institutional banking to investment advisors and card payment and
other payment processing. European operations are comprised of three operational service subsidiaries, Transact Payment Services
Group Limited, Transact Payment Services Limited and Transact Payment Services Group-Bulgaria EOOD and one subsidiary,
Transact Payments Limited, which offer prepaid card and electronic money issuing services.
The Company and the Bank are subject to regulation by certain state and federal agencies and, accordingly, they are
examined periodically by those regulatory authorities. As a consequence of the extensive regulation of commercial banking activities,
the Company’s and the Bank’s businesses may be affected by state and federal legislation and regulations.
Note B—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
1. Basis of Presentation
The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States of America (US GAAP) and predominant practices within the banking industry. The consolidated financial statements include
the accounts of the Company and all its subsidiaries. All inter-company balances have been eliminated.
The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
The principal estimates that are particularly susceptible to a significant change in the near term relate to the allowance for
loan and lease losses, investment other than temporary impairment (OTTI) and deferred income taxes.
The Company periodically reviews its investment portfolio to determine whether unrealized losses on securities are
temporary, based on evaluations of the creditworthiness of the issuers or guarantors, and underlying collateral, as applicable. In
addition, it considers the continuing performance of the securities. Credit losses are recognized in the consolidated statement of
operations. If management believes market value losses are temporary and it believes the Company has the ability and intention to
hold those securities to maturity, for available for sale securities the reduction in value is recognized in other comprehensive income,
through equity and for held to maturity securities the securities are held at amortized cost.
Deferred tax assets are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at their net realizable value. The Company performs an
assessment each reporting period to evaluate the amount of the deferred tax asset it is more likely than not to realize. Realization of
deferred tax assets is dependent upon the amount of taxable income expected in future periods, as tax benefits require taxable income
to be realized. If a valuation allowance is required, the deferred tax asset on the consolidated balance sheet is reduced via a
corresponding income tax expense in the consolidated statement of operations.
2. Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand and amounts due from banks with an original maturity of three months
or less and federal funds sold. The Company at times maintains balances in excess of insured limits at various financial institutions
including the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB), the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) and other private institutions. The Company does
77
not believe these instruments carry a significant risk of loss, but cannot provide assurances that no losses could occur if these
institutions were to become insolvent.
3. Investment Securities
Investments in debt securities which the Company has both the ability and intent to hold to maturity are carried at cost,
adjusted for the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts computed by the effective interest method. Investments in debt
and equity securities which management believes may be sold prior to maturity due to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk,
liquidity requirements, or other factors, are classified as available-for-sale. Net unrealized gains for such securities, net of tax effect,
are reported as other comprehensive income and excluded from the determination of net income. The unrealized losses for both the
held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities are evaluated to determine first if the impairment is other than temporary then to
determine the amount of other than temporary impairment that is attributable to credit loss versus non-credit loss. If a credit loss is
determined, an other than temporary impairment charge is recorded within the consolidated statement of operations. The Company
does not engage in securities trading. Gains or losses on disposition of investment securities are based on the net proceeds and the
adjusted carrying amount of the securities sold using the specific identification method.
The Company evaluates whether an other than temporary impairment exists by considering primarily the following factors:
(a) the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost of the security, (b) changes in the
financial condition, credit rating and near-term prospects of the issuer, (c) whether the issuer is current on contractually obligated
interest and principal payments, (d) changes in the financial condition of the security’s underlying collateral and (e) the payment
structure of the security. The Company’s best estimate of expected future cash flows used to determine the amount of other than
temporary impairment attributable to credit loss is a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates information received from
third-party sources along with certain internal assumptions and judgments regarding the future performance of the security. The
Company’s best estimate of future cash flows involves assumptions including, but not limited to, various performance indicators, such
as historical and projected default and recovery rates, credit ratings, current delinquency rates, loan-to value ratios and the possibility
of obligor refinancing. These assumptions require the use of significant management judgment and include the probability of issuer
default and estimates regarding timing and amount of expected recoveries which may include estimating the underlying collateral
value. In addition, projections of expected future cash flows from a debt security may change based upon new information regarding
the performance of the issuer and/or underlying collateral such as changes in the projections of the underlying property value
estimates. The Company recognized OTTI charges of $0 in 2015, $0 in 2014 and $20,000 in 2013. The $20,000 charge in 2013
resulted from the write-down of the amortized cost to the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected for one pooled trust
preferred security.
4. Loans and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at the
amount of unpaid principal and are net of unearned discounts, unearned loan fees and an allowance for loan and lease losses. The
allowance for loan and lease losses is established through a provision for loan and lease losses charged to expense. Loan principal
considered to be uncollectible by management is charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. The allowance is an amount
that management believes will be adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible based upon an
evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. The evaluation takes into consideration such factors as changes in the
nature and size of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, specific problem loans and current economic conditions which may
affect the borrowers’ ability to pay. The evaluation also details historical losses by loan category, the resulting loss rates for which are
projected at current loan total amounts. Loss estimates for specified problem loans are also detailed.
Interest income is accrued as earned on a simple interest basis. Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when
management believes, after considering economic and business conditions and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial
condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful. The Company recognizes income on impaired loans when they are placed into
non-accrual status on a cash basis when the loans are both current and the collateral on the loan is sufficient to cover the outstanding
obligation to the Company. If these factors do not exist, the Company will not recognize income on such loans.
When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all accumulated accrued interest receivable applicable to periods prior to the
current year is charged off to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Interest that had accrued in the current year is reversed out of
current period income. Loans reported as having missed four or more consecutive monthly payments and still accruing interest must
78
have both principal and accruing interest adequately secured and must be in the process of collection. Such loans are reported as 90
days delinquent and still accruing. For all loan types, the Company uses the method of reporting delinquencies which considers a loan
past due or delinquent if a monthly payment has not been received by the close of business on the loan’s next due date. In the
Company’s reporting, two missed payments are reflected as 30 to 59 day delinquencies and three missed payments are reflected as 60
to 89 day delinquencies.
The allowance for loan losses represents management's estimate of losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio as of the
consolidated balance sheet date and is recorded as a reduction to loans and leases. The allowance for loan losses is increased by the
provision for loan losses, and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the
allowance for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. All, or part, of the principal balance of
loans receivable are charged off to the allowance as soon as it is determined that the repayment of all, or part, of the principal balance
is highly unlikely. Because all identified losses are immediately charged off, no portion of the allowance for loan losses is restricted
to any individual loan or groups of loans, and the entire allowance is available to absorb any and all loan losses.
The evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses includes, among other factors, an analysis of
historical loss rates and environmental factors by category, applied to current loan totals. However, actual losses may be higher or
lower than historical trends, which vary. Actual losses on specified problem loans, which also are provided for in the evaluation, may
vary from those estimated loss percentages, which are established based upon a limited number of potential loss classifications.
Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance, which is based on the Company's past loan
loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, the volume and mix of the existing loan and lease portfolios, including the
volume and severity of non-performing and adversely classified credits, an analysis of net charge-offs experienced on previously
classified credits, the trend in loan and lease growth, including any rapid increase in loan and lease volume within a relatively short
time period, general and local economic conditions affecting the collectability of the Company’s loans and leases, previous loan and
lease experience by type, including net charge-offs, as a percentage of average loans and leases over the past several years and other
relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant
revision as more information becomes available.
The allowance consists of specific, general and unallocated components. The specific component relates to loans and leases
that are classified as impaired. For such loans and leases, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows, or collateral
value, or observable market price of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. Regardless of the measurement
method, a creditor must measure impairment based on the fair value of the collateral when the creditor determines that foreclosure is
probable.
The allowance calculation methodology includes further segregation of loan classes into regulatory risk rating categories of
special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss. Loans classified as special mention have potential weaknesses that deserve
management's close attention. If uncorrected, the potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects. Loans
classified substandard have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They include loans that
are inadequately protected by the current sound net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any.
Loans rated as special mention and substandard are reserved for based on the average charge-off history for loans and leases
previously classified in those categories. Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in loans classified substandard
with the added characteristic that collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current conditions and facts, is highly improbable.
Loans classified as a loss are considered uncollectible and are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Loans not classified are
included in the general component of the reserve calculation.
The general component covers pools of loans by loan type. These pools of loans are evaluated for loss exposure based upon
historical loss rates for each of these categories of loans, adjusted for relevant qualitative factors. Separate qualitative adjustments are
made for higher-risk criticized loans that are not impaired. These qualitative risk factors include:
Changes in lending policies or procedures;
Changes in economic conditions;
Portfolio growth;
Changes in the nature or volume of the portfolio;
Changes in management’s experience;
79
Past due volume;
Non-accrual volume;
Adversely classified loans;
Quality of the loan review system;
Changes in the value of underlying collateral;
Concentrations of credit; and
External factors.
Applicable factors are considered based on management's best judgment using relevant information available at the time of
the evaluation. An unallocated component is also maintained to cover additional uncertainties that could affect management's estimate
of probable losses.
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the loan will not be collected
according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include
payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that
experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the
significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances
surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record
and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for all
impaired loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate or the fair value
of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance for loan losses is established for an impaired loan if its carrying
value exceeds its estimated fair value. The estimated fair values of substantially all of the Company's impaired loans are measured
based on the estimated fair value of the loan's collateral.
For SBA commercial loans secured by real estate, estimated fair values are determined primarily through third-party
appraisals or evaluations. When a real estate secured loan becomes impaired, a decision is made regarding whether an updated
certified appraisal of the real estate is necessary. This decision is based on various considerations, including the age of the most recent
appraisal, the loan-to-value ratio based on the original appraisal and the condition of the property. Appraised values are discounted to
arrive at the estimated selling price of the collateral, which is considered to be the estimated fair value. The discounts also include
estimated costs to sell the property.
For SBA commercial and industrial loans secured by non-real estate collateral, such as accounts receivable, inventory and
equipment, estimated fair values are determined based on the borrower's financial statements, inventory reports, accounts receivable
agings or equipment appraisals or invoices. Indications of value from these sources are generally discounted based on the age of the
financial information or the quality of the assets.
In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company's
allowance for loan losses and may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about
information available to them at the time of their examination, which may not be currently available to management. Based on
management's analysis of the loan portfolio, management believes the current level of the allowance for loan losses is adequate.
Loans originated from continuing operations and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at estimated fair value.
Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. The Company originates specific
commercial mortgage loans for sale in secondary markets. These loans are accounted for under the fair value option and amounted to
$489.9 million at December 31, 2015 and $217.1 million at December 31, 2014. These loans were classified as held for sale.
Loans from discontinued operations intended for sale primarily to other financial institutions are carried at the lower of cost
or market on the balance sheet, determined by loan type or, for larger loans, on an individual loan basis. See Note W to the financial
statements.
80
5. Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation
expense is computed on the straight-line method over the useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the
shorter of the estimated useful lives of the improvements or the terms of the related leases.
6. Internal Use Software
The Company capitalizes costs associated with internally developed and/or purchased software systems for new products and
enhancements to existing products that have reached the application stage and meet recoverability tests. Capitalized costs include
external direct costs of materials and services utilized in developing or obtaining internal use software, payroll and payroll related
expenses for employees who are directly associated with and devote time to the internal use software project and interest costs
incurred, if material, while developing internal use software. Capitalization of such costs begins when the preliminary project stage is
complete and ceases no later than the point at which the project is substantially complete and ready for its intended purpose.
The carrying value of the Company’s software is periodically reviewed and a loss is recognized if the value of the estimated
undiscounted cash flow benefit related to the asset falls below the unamortized cost. Amortization is provided using the straight-line
method over the estimated useful life of the related software, which is generally seven years. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the
Company had net capitalized software costs of approximately $5.2 million and $5.4 million, respectively. The Company recorded
amortization expense of approximately $1.2 million, $1.2 million and $907,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and
2013, respectively.
7. Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined
based on the difference between their carrying values on the consolidated financial statements and their tax basis as measured by the
enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse. Deferred tax expense (benefit) is the result of changes in
deferred tax assets and liabilities.
The Company recognizes the benefit of a tax position in the consolidated financial statements only after determining that the
relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-
than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50
percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. For these analyses, the Company may
engage attorneys to provide opinions related to the positions. The Company applies this policy to all tax positions for which the
statute of limitations remain open, but this application does not materially impact the Company’s consolidated balance sheet or
statement of operations. Any interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized in income tax (benefit) expense in
the consolidated statement of operations.
8. Share-Based Compensation
The Company recognizes compensation expense for stock options in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification
(ASC) 718, Stock Based Compensation. The expense of the option is generally measured at fair value at the grant date with
compensation expense recognized over the service period, which is usually the vesting period. For grants subject to a service
condition, the Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of each option on the date of grant.
The Black-Scholes model takes into consideration the exercise price and expected life of the options, the current price of the
underlying stock and its expected volatility, the expected dividends on the stock and the current risk-free interest rate for the expected
life of the option. The Company’s estimate of the fair value of a stock option is based on expectations derived from historical
experience and may not necessarily equate to its market value when fully vested. In accordance with ASC 718, the Company
estimates the number of options for which the requisite service is expected to be rendered.
81
9. Other Real Estate Owned
Other real estate owned is recorded at estimated fair market value less cost of disposal; which establishes a new cost basis or
carrying value. When property is acquired, the excess, if any, of the loan balance over fair market value is charged to the allowance
for loan and lease losses. Periodically thereafter, the asset is reviewed for subsequent declines in the estimated fair market value
against the carrying value. Subsequent declines, if any, and holding costs, as well as gains and losses on subsequent sale, are included
in the consolidated statements of operations.
10. Advertising Costs
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs amounted to $387,000, $621,000 and $706,000 for
the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
11. Earnings Per Share
The Company calculates earnings per share under ASC 260, Earnings Per Share. Basic earnings per share exclude dilution
and are computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding during
the period. Diluted earnings per share take into account the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue
common stock were exercised and converted into common stock.
The following tables show the Company’s earnings per share for the periods presented:
Income
(numerator)
Year ended December 31, 2015
Shares
(denominator)
(dollars in thousands except per share data)
Per share
amount
Basic earnings per share from continuing operations
Net income available to common shareholders
Effect of dilutive securities
Common stock options
Diluted earnings per share
$ 5,360
37,755,588
$ 0.14
-
318,630
-
Net income available to common shareholders
$ 5,360
38,074,218
$ 0.14
Income
(numerator)
Year ended December 31, 2015
Shares
(denominator)
(dollars in thousands except per share data)
Per share
amount
Basic earnings per share from discontinued operations
Net income available to common shareholders
Effect of dilutive securities
Common stock options
Diluted earnings per share
$ 8,072
37,755,588
$ 0.21
-
318,630
-
Net income available to common shareholders
$ 8,072
38,074,218
$ 0.21
82
Income
(numerator)
Year ended December 31, 2015
Shares
(denominator)
(dollars in thousands except per share data)
Per share
amount
Basic earnings per share
Net income available to common shareholders
$ 13,432
$ 37,755,588
$ 0.35
Effect of dilutive securities
Common stock options
Diluted earnings per share
-
318,630
-
Net income available to common shareholders
$ 13,432
38,074,218
$ 0.35
Stock options for 619,250 shares, exercisable at prices between $9.58 and $25.43 per share, were outstanding at
December 31, 2015 but were not included in the dilutive earnings per share computation because the exercise price per share was
greater than the average market price.
Income
(numerator)
Year ended December 31, 2014
Shares
(denominator)
(dollars in thousands except per share data)
Per share
amount
Basic earnings per share from continuing operations
Net income available to common shareholders
Effect of dilutive securities
Common stock options
Diluted earnings per share
$ 21,815
37,701,306
$ 0.58
-
628,438
(0.01)
Net income available to common shareholders
$ 21,815
38,329,744
$ 0.57
Income
(numerator)
Year ended December 31, 2014
Shares
(denominator)
(dollars in thousands except per share data)
Per share
amount
Basic earnings per share from discontinued operations
Net income available to common shareholders
Effect of dilutive securities
Common stock options
Diluted earnings per share
$ 35,294
37,701,306
$ 0.94
-
628,438
(0.02)
Net income available to common shareholders
$ 35,294
38,329,744
$ 0.92
Income
(numerator)
Year ended December 31, 2014
Shares
(denominator)
(dollars in thousands except per share data)
Per share
amount
Basic earnings per share
Net income available to common shareholders
$ 57,109
$ 37,701,306
$ 1.52
Effect of dilutive securities
Common stock options
Diluted earnings per share
-
628,438
(0.03)
Net income available to common shareholders
$ 57,109
38,329,744
$ 1.49
Stock options for 505,250 shares, exercisable at prices between $9.82 and $25.43 per share, were outstanding at
December 31, 2014, but were not included in the dilutive earnings per share computation because the exercise price per share was
greater than the average market price.
83
Income
(numerator)
Year ended December 31, 2013
Shares
(denominator)
(dollars in thousands except per share data)
Per share
amount
Basic earnings per share from continuing operations
Net income available to common shareholders
Effect of dilutive securities
Common stock options
Diluted earnings per share
$ 13,516
37,425,197
$ 0.36
-
695,887
(0.01)
Net income available to common shareholders
$ 13,516
38,121,084
$ 0.35
Income
(numerator)
Year ended December 31, 2013
Shares
(denominator)
(dollars in thousands except per share data)
Per share
amount
Basic loss per share from discontinued operations
Net loss available to common shareholders
Effect of dilutive securities
Common stock options
Diluted loss per share
$ (27,938)
37,425,197
$ (0.75)
-
-
-
Net loss available to common shareholders
$ (27,938)
37,425,197
$ (0.75)
Income
(numerator)
Year ended December 31, 2013
Shares
(denominator)
(dollars in thousands except per share data)
Per share
amount
Basic loss per share
Net loss available to common shareholders
$ (14,422)
$ 37,425,197
$ (0.39)
Effect of dilutive securities
Common stock options
Diluted loss per share
-
-
(0.01)
Net loss available to common shareholders
$ (14,422)
37,425,197
$ (0.40)
Stock options for 13,000 shares, exercisable at prices between $20.98 and $25.43 per share, were outstanding at
December 31, 2013, but were not included in the dilutive earnings per share computation because the Company had a net loss
available to common shareholders.
84
12. Other Comprehensive Income
Other comprehensive income consists of revenues, expenses, gains and losses that bypass the statement of operations and are
reported directly in a separate component of equity.
2015
For the year ended December 31,
2014
(in thousands)
2013
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Change in net unrealized gain/(loss) during the period
Reclassification adjustments for gains included in income
Reclassification adjustments for foreign currency translation losses
Reclassification adjustment for called securities
Amortization of (gains)/losses previously held as available-for-sale
Net unrealized gain/(loss) on investment securities
Deferred tax expense (benefit)
Securities available-for-sale:
$ (7,169) $ 18,710 $ (12,905)
(1,889)
-
(133)
30
(14,897)
(14,436)
(551)
-
56
(22,100)
(450)
-
-
(141)
18,119
Change in net unrealized gain/(loss) during the period
Reclassification adjustments for gains included in income
Reclassification adjustment for called securities
Amortization of (gains)/losses previously held as available-for-sale
Income tax expense (benefit) related to items of other comprehensive income
(2,544)
(5,147)
-
20
(7,671)
6,549
(158)
-
(49)
6,342
(4,517)
(661)
(47)
11
(5,214)
Other comprehensive income (loss), after tax and net of reclassifications into net
income
$ (14,429) $ 11,777 $ (9,683)
13. Restrictions on Cash and Due from Banks
The Bank is required to maintain reserves against customer demand deposits by keeping cash on hand or balances with the
Federal Reserve Bank. The amount of those required reserves at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was approximately $266.8 million and
$280.4 million, respectively.
14. Other Identifiable Intangible Assets
On November 29, 2012, the Company acquired certain software rights and personnel of a prepaid program manager in
Europe for approximately $1.8 million to establish a European prepaid card presence. The Company allocated the majority of the $1.8
million acquisition cost to software used for fraud monitoring and other utilities for its prepaid card business, with related services
provided by its European data processing subsidiary. The software is being amortized over eight years.
The Company accounts for its customer list in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other. The acquisition
of the Stored Value Solutions division of Marshall Bank First in 2007 resulted in a customer list intangible of $12.0 million which is
being amortized over a 12 year period. Amortization expense is $1.0 million per year ($4.0 million over the next four years).
85
The gross carrying value and accumulated amortization related to the Company’s intangible items at December 31, 2015 and
2014 are presented below.
2015
2014
December 31,
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
(in thousands)
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Customer list intangible
Software intangible
Total
$ 12,006
1,817
$ 13,823
$ 8,004
890
$ 8,894
$ 12,006
1,817
$ 13,823
$ 7,003
592
$ 7,595
The approximate future annual amortization of both the Company’s intangible items are as follows (in thousands):
Year ending December 31,
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Thereafter
$ 1,189
1,189
1,189
1,189
173
-
$ 4,929
15. Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2014 and 2013 restated consolidated financial statements to conform to the
2015 presentation.
16. Prepaid Card Fees
The Company recognizes prepaid card fees in the periods in which they are earned by performance of the related services.
The majority of fees the Company earns result from contractual transaction fees paid by third party sponsors to the Company and
monthly service fees. Additionally, the Company earns interchange fees paid through settlement associations such as Visa, which are
also determined on a per transaction basis. The Company records this revenue net of costs such as association fees and interchange
transaction charges.
17. Common Stock Repurchase Program
In 2011, the Company adopted a common stock repurchase program in which share repurchases reduce the amount of shares
outstanding. Repurchased shares may be reissued for various corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had
repurchased 100,000 shares of the total 750,000 maximum number of shares authorized by the Board of Directors. The 100,000
shares were repurchased at an average cost of $8.66. The Company did not repurchase shares in 2015, 2014 or 2013.
18. Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company utilizes derivatives to hedge interest rate risk on the loans it originates for sale into commercial mortgage
backed securities markets. These derivatives are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. Changes in the fair value of
these derivatives are designated as fair value hedges, which are recorded in earnings together and in the same consolidated income
statement line item with, changes in the fair value of the related hedged item. All derivatives are utilized to hedge against interest rate
86
changes between the time commercial mortgages are funded and sold. Accordingly such derivatives serve as a hedge against interest
rate movements which might otherwise decrease sales proceeds.
19. Sale of Health Savings Account Portfolio
The Company sold the majority of its health savings account portfolio in fourth quarter 2015. The gain was realized after the
contractually required transfer of approximately $400 million of related deposit accounts to the purchaser.
20. Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2014, FASB Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-04, amended ASC Sub-Topic 310-40 “Receivables—
Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.” The amendments clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and the
Company is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a mortgage loan, upon
either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower
conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of
foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. The amendments in this update were effective for the annual periods beginning on
or after December 15, 2014 and an entity can elect to adopt the amendments in this update using either a modified retrospective
transition method or a prospective transition method as allowed in ASU No. 2014-04. The adoption of ASU No. 2014-04 did not have
a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08 (ASU 2014-08), Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and
Property, Plant and Equipment (Topic 360). ASU 2014-08 amends the requirements for reporting discontinued operations and
requires additional disclosures about discontinued operations. Under the new guidance, only disposals representing a strategic shift in
operations or that have a major effect on the Company's operations and financial results should be presented as discontinued
operations. This new accounting guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company adopted
ASU 2014-08 as presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Operations, Consolidated Statements of
Cash Flows and Note W, Discontinued Operations.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. This ASU establishes a
comprehensive revenue recognition standard for virtually all industries in U.S. GAAP, including those that previously followed
industry-specific guidance such as the real estate and construction industries. The revenue standard’s core principal is built on the
contract between a vendor and a customer for the provision of goods and services. It attempts to depict the exchange of rights and
obligations between the parties in the pattern of revenue recognition based on the consideration to which the vendor is entitled. To
accomplish this, the standard requires five basic steps: (i) identify the contract with the customer, (ii) identify the performance
obligations in the contract, (iii) identify the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the
contract, (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies the performance obligation. Three basic transition methods are
available - full retrospective, retrospective with certain practical expedients, and a cumulative effect approach. Under the cumulative
effect alternative, an entity would apply the new revenue standard only to contracts that are incomplete under legacy U.S. GAAP at
the date of initial application and recognize the cumulative effect of the new standard as an adjustment to the opening balance of
retained earnings. The guidance in this ASU is effective for annual periods and interim reporting periods within those annual periods,
beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company does not expect this ASU to have a significant impact on its financial condition or
results of operations.
In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-11, Transfers and Servicing. The amendments in this update require that
repurchase-to-maturity transactions be accounted for as secured borrowings consistent with the accounting for other repurchase
agreements. In addition, the amendments require separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously
with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty (a repurchase financing), which will result in secured borrowing accounting
for the repurchase agreement. The amendments require an entity to disclose information about transfers accounted for as sales in
transactions that are economically similar to repurchase agreements, in which the transferor retains substantially all of the exposure to
the economic return on the transferred financial asset throughout the term of the transaction. In addition the amendments require
disclosure of the types of collateral pledged in repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions, and repurchase-to-maturity
transactions and the tenor of those transactions. The guidance in this ASU was effective for annual and interim periods beginning
after December 15, 2014. The guidance of this ASU did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial condition or results
of operations.
87
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-14, “Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-
40): Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure”. The guidance in this ASU affects
creditors that hold government-guaranteed mortgage loans, including those guaranteed by the Federal Home Administration (FHA)
and the Veterans Administration (VA). It requires that a mortgage loan be derecognized and a separate other receivable be recognized
upon foreclosure if the following conditions are met:
1. The loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan before foreclosure.
2. At the time of foreclosure, the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate property to the guarantor and make a claim
on the guarantee, and the creditor has the ability to recover under the claim.
3. At the time of foreclosure, any amount of the claim that is determined on the basis of the fair value of the real estate is
fixed.
Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable should be measured based on the amount of the loan balance (principal and
interest) expected to be recovered from the guarantor. The guidance in this ASU was effective for public business entities for annual
periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The guidance may be applied using a
prospective transition method in which a reporting entity applies the guidance to foreclosures that occur after the date of adoption, or a
modified retrospective transition using a cumulative-effect adjustment (through a reclassification to a separate other receivable) as of
the beginning of the annual period of adoption. Prior periods should not be adjusted. A reporting entity must apply the same method
of transition as elected under ASU 2014-04. The guidance of this ASU did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial
condition or results of operations.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases”. The FASB issued this ASU to increase transparency and
comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet by lessees for those leases
classified as operating leases under current U.S. GAAP and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The amendments
in this ASU are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2018.
Early application of this ASU is permitted for all entities. The Company is currently assessing the impact that the adoption of this
standard will have on the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Note C— Subsequent Events
The Company evaluated its December 31, 2015 consolidated financial statements for subsequent events through the date the
consolidated financial statements were issued. The Company is not aware of any subsequent events which would require recognition
or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.
Note D—Investment Securities
The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair values of the Company’s investment securities classified as
available-for-sale and held-to-maturity are summarized as follows (in thousands):
Available-for-sale
U.S. Government agency securities
Federally insured student loan securities
Tax-exempt obligations of states and political subdivisions
Taxable obligations of states and political subdivisions
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Commercial loan obligation securities
Foreign debt securities
Corporate and other debt securities
December 31, 2015
Amortized
cost
$ 29,315
118,651
94,572
95,802
451,432
58,512
70,573
57,375
95,354
$ 1,071,586
Gross
unrealized
gains
$ 18
28
2,665
2,370
1,540
361
-
65
188
$ 7,235
Gross
unrealized
losses
$ (95)
(3,530)
(74)
(476)
(2,865)
(570)
(81)
(308)
(724)
$ (8,723)
Fair
value
$ 29,238
115,149
97,163
97,696
450,107
58,303
70,492
57,132
94,818
$ 1,070,098
88
Held-to-maturity
Other debt securities - single issuers
Other debt securities - pooled
Available-for-sale
U.S. Government agency securities
Federally insured student loan securities
Tax-exempt obligations of states and political subdivisions
Taxable obligations of states and political subdivisions
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Foreign debt securities
Corporate and other debt securities
Held-to-maturity
Other debt securities - single issuers
Other debt securities - pooled
Amortized
cost
$ 17,934
75,656
$ 93,590
December 31, 2015
Gross
unrealized
gains
$ 569
938
$ 1,507
Gross
unrealized
losses
$ (3,456)
(42)
$ (3,498)
Fair
value
$ 15,047
76,552
$ 91,599
Amortized
cost
$ 16,519
125,789
535,622
58,868
419,503
123,519
67,094
126,610
$ 1,473,524
December 31, 2014
Gross
unrealized
gains
$ 42
613
16,027
2,614
3,504
1,220
130
225
$ 24,375
Gross
unrealized
losses
$ -
(390)
(380)
(103)
(878)
(1,500)
(346)
(663)
$ (4,260)
Fair
value
$ 16,561
$ 126,012
$ 551,269
$ 61,379
$ 422,129
$ 123,239
$ 66,878
$ 126,172
$ 1,493,639
Amortized
cost
$ 17,882
75,883
$ 93,765
December 31, 2014
Gross
unrealized
gains
Gross
unrealized
losses
$ 531
1,438
$ 1,969
$ (3,820)
-
$ (3,820)
Fair
value
$ 14,593
$ 77,321
$ 91,914
The amortized cost and fair value of the Company’s investment securities at December 31, 2015, by contractual maturity are
shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay
obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
Due before one year
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through ten years
Due after ten years
Available-for-sale
Held-to-maturity
Amortized
cost
$ 71,697
204,707
338,966
456,216
$ 1,071,586
Fair
value
$ 71,786
204,012
338,005
456,295
$ 1,070,098
Amortized
cost
$ -
7,016
-
86,574
$ 93,590
Fair
value
$ -
7,490
-
84,109
$ 91,599
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, investment securities with a fair value of approximately $19.2 million and $25.7 million,
respectively, were pledged to secure securities sold under repurchase agreements as required or permitted by law. At December 31,
2015 and 2014, investment securities with a fair value of approximately $453.4 million and $0, respectively, were pledged to secure a
line of credit at FHLB. Gross gains on sales of securities were $15.0 million, $657,000 and $2.1 million for the years ended
December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Gross losses on sales of securities were $543,000, $207,000 and $182,000 for the
years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Available-for-sale securities fair values are based on a fair market value supplied by a third-party market data provider. Held-
to-maturity securities fair values are based on the present value of cash flows, which discounts expected cash flows from principal and
interest using yield to maturity at the measurement date, when market information is not available. The Company periodically
reviews its investment portfolio to determine whether unrealized losses are other than temporary, based on evaluations of the
creditworthiness of the issuers/guarantors as well as the underlying collateral if applicable, in addition to the continuing performance
of the securities. The Company recognized other-than-temporary impairment charges of $0 in 2015, $0 in 2014 and $20,000 in 2013
for securities in its held-to-maturity portfolio. The amount of the credit impairment was calculated by estimating the discounted cash
flows for those securities.
Investments in FHLB and Atlantic Central Bankers Bank stock are recorded at cost and amounted to $1.1 million at
December 31, 2015 and $1.0 million at December 31, 2014.
89
The table below indicates the length of time individual securities had been in a continuous unrealized loss position at
December 31, 2015 (in thousands):
Available-for-sale
Less than 12 months
12 months or longer
Total
Number of
securities
Fair Value
Unrealized losses
Fair Value
Unrealized losses
Fair Value
Unrealized
losses
Description of Securities
U.S. Government agency securities
Federally insured student loan
securities
Tax-exempt obligations of states and
political subdivisions
Taxable obligations of states and
political subdivisions
Residential mortgage-backed
securities
Commercial mortgage-backed
securities
Commercial loan obligation securities
Foreign debt securities
Corporate and other debt securities
Total temporarily impaired
investment securities
3
18
31
30
63
37
5
51
75
$ 16,500 $ (95) $ - $ - $ 16,500 $ (95)
39,880
(1,832)
64,883
(1,698)
104,763
(3,530)
1,510
40,310
(22)
(450)
18,976
7,023
200,820
(2,155)
71,043
25,899
56,638
24,274
50,073
(233)
(81)
(245)
(687)
17,539
13,855
18,272
10,761
(52)
(26)
(710)
(337)
-
(63)
(37)
20,486
47,333
(74)
(476)
271,863
(2,865)
43,438
70,493
42,546
60,834
(570)
(81)
(308)
(724)
313
$ 455,904 $ (5,800) $ 222,352 $ (2,923) $ 678,256 $ (8,723)
Held-to-maturity
Less than 12 months
12 months or longer
Total
Number
of
securities
Fair Value
Unrealized losses
Fair Value
Unrealized losses
Fair Value
Unrealized losses
Description of Securities
Single issuers
Pooled
Total temporarily impaired
investment securities
1
1
2
$ - $ -
(42)
25,563
$ 5,558
-
$ (3,456)
-
$ 5,558
25,563
$ (3,456)
(42)
$ 25,563 $ (42)
$ 5,558
$ (3,456)
$ 31,121
$ (3,498)
The table below indicates the length of time individual securities had been in a continuous unrealized loss position at
December 31, 2014 (in thousands):
Available-for-sale
Less than 12 months
12 months or longer
Total
Number of
securities
Description of Securities
Federally insured student loan
Fair Value
Unrealized losses
Fair Value
Unrealized losses
Fair Value
Unrealized losses
securities
9
$ 28,435 $ (169)
$ 34,274
$ (221) $ 62,709
$ (390)
Tax-exempt obligations of
states and political
subdivisions
Taxable obligations of states
and political subdivisions
Residential mortgage-backed
securities
Commercial mortgage-backed
securities
Foreign debt securities
Corporate and other debt
securities
Total temporarily impaired
investment securities
97
24
29
30
53
61
21,458
499
43,946
41,231
24,681
62,984
(134)
(1)
(231)
(883)
(203)
(568)
46,412
21,088
67,023
47,549
14,943
16,609
(245)
(102)
(647)
(617)
(144)
(95)
67,870
21,587
110,969
88,780
39,624
79,593
(379)
(103)
(878)
(1,500)
(347)
(663)
303
$ 223,234 $ (2,189)
$ 247,898
$ (2,071) $ 471,132
$ (4,260)
90
Held-to-maturity
Less than 12 months
12 months or longer
Total
Number of
securities
Description of Securities
Single issuers
Total temporarily impaired
investment securities
1
1
Fair Value
Unrealized losses
Fair Value
Unrealized losses
Fair Value
Unrealized losses
-
-
5,144
(3,820)
5,144
(3,820)
$ -
$ -
$ 5,144
$ (3,820) $ 5,144
$ (3,820)
The following table provides additional information related to the Company’s single issuer trust preferred securities as of
December 31, 2015:
Security A
Security B
Single issuer
Class: All of the above are trust preferred securities.
Book value
$ 1,904
9,014
Fair value
$ 2,000
5,558
Unrealized gain/(loss)
Credit rating
$ 96
(3,456)
Not rated
Not rated
The following table provides additional information related to our pooled trust preferred securities as of December 31, 2015:
Pool A (7 performing issuers)
Pooled issue
Class
Mezzanine
Book value
$ 52
Fair value
$ 52
Unrealized
gain/(loss)
Credit
rating
Excess
subordination
$ -
CAA3
*
* There is no excess subordination for these securities.
The Company has evaluated the securities in the above tables as of December 31, 2015 and has concluded that none of these
securities has impairment that is other-than-temporary. The Company evaluates whether an other than temporary impairment exists
by considering primarily the following factors: (a) the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than the
amortized cost of the security, (b) changes in the financial condition, credit rating and near-term prospects of the issuer, (c) whether
the issuer is current on contractually obligated interest and principal payments, (d) changes in the financial condition of the security’s
underlying collateral and (e) the payment structure of the security. If other than temporary impairment is determined, the Company
estimates expected future cash flows to determine the credit loss amount with a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates
information received from third-party sources along with internal assumptions and judgments regarding the future performance of the
security. Based upon this evaluation, the Company concluded that most of the securities that are in an unrealized loss position are in a
loss position because of changes in interest rates after the securities were purchased. The securities that have been in an unrealized
loss position for 12 months or longer include other securities whose market values are sensitive to interest rates and changes in credit
quality. The Company’s unrealized loss for the debt securities, which includes two single issuer trust preferred securities and one
pooled trust preferred security, is primarily related to general market conditions and the resultant lack of liquidity in the market. The
severity of the impairments in relation to the carrying amounts of the individual investments is consistent with market developments.
The Company’s analysis for each investment is performed at the security level. As a result of its review, the Company concluded that
other-than-temporary impairment did not exist due to the Company’s ability and intention to hold these securities to recover their
amortized cost basis.
Note E—Loans
The Company originates loans for sale to other financial institutions which issue commercial mortgage backed securities or
to other commercial loan purchasers and to secondary government guaranteed loan markets. The Company has elected the fair value
option for the balance of these loans classified as commercial loans held for sale to better reflect the economics of the transactions. At
December 31, 2015 and 2014 the fair value of these loans was $489.9 million and $217.1 million and the unpaid principal balance was
$484.0 million and $212.8 million, respectively. Included in gain on sale of loans in the Statement of Operations were gains
recognized from changes in fair value of $1.7 million and $1.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014,
respectively. There were no amounts of changes in fair value related to instrument-specific credit risk. Interest earned on loans held
for sale during the period held are recorded in Interest Income – Loans, including fees on the Statement of Operations.
The Company analyzes credit risk prior to making loans, on an individual loan basis. The Company considers relevant
aspects of the borrowers’ financial position and cash flow, past borrower performance, management’s knowledge of market
conditions, collateral and the ratio of the loan amount to estimated collateral value in making its credit determinations.
91
Major classifications of loans are as follows (in thousands):
SBA non real estate
SBA commercial mortgage
SBA construction
SBA loans *
Direct lease financing
SBLOC
Other specialty lending
Other consumer loans
Unamortized loan fees and costs
Total loans, net of deferred loan costs
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
$ 68,887
114,029
6,977
189,893
231,514
575,948
48,315
23,180
1,068,850
9,227
$ 1,078,077
$ 62,425
82,317
20,392
165,134
194,464
421,862
48,625
36,168
866,253
8,340
$ 874,593
Included in the table above are demand deposit overdrafts reclassified as loan balances totaling $2.8 million and $1.8 million
at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Overdraft charge-offs and recoveries are reflected in the allowance for loan and lease
losses.
*The following table shows SBA loans and SBA loans included in held for sale for the periods indicated (in thousands):
SBA loans, including deferred fees and costs
SBA loans included in held for sale
Total SBA loans
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
$ 197,966
109,174
$ 307,140
$ 172,660
$ 38,704
$ 211,364
The following table provides information about impaired loans at December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):
December 31, 2015
Without an allowance recorded
SBA non real estate
Consumer - other
Consumer - home equity
With an allowance recorded
SBA non real estate
Consumer - other
Consumer - home equity
Total
SBA non real estate
Consumer - other
Consumer - home equity
December 31, 2014
Without an allowance recorded
SBA non real estate
Consumer - other
Consumer - home equity
With an allowance recorded
SBA non real estate
Consumer - other
Consumer - home equity
Total
SBA non real estate
Consumer - other
Consumer - home equity
Recorded
investment
Unpaid
principal
balance
Related
allowance
Average
recorded
investment
Interest
income
recognized
$ 263
330
368
$ 263
330
368
$ -
-
-
$ 228
338
966
$ -
-
-
640
-
827
903
330
1,195
640
-
927
903
330
1,295
123
-
26
123
-
26
670
-
800
898
338
1,766
-
-
-
-
-
-
$ -
346
827
$ -
346
927
$ -
-
-
$ -
139
1,043
$ -
-
-
197
-
1,080
197
346
1,907
197
-
1,080
197
346
2,007
92
40
-
271
40
-
271
967
369
885
967
508
1,928
-
-
-
-
-
-
The following table summarizes the Company’s non-accrual loans, loans past due 90 days and other real estate owned at
December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively (the Company had no non-accrual leases at December 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014):
Non-accrual loans
SBA non real estate
Consumer
Total non-accrual loans
Loans past due 90 days or more
Total non-performing loans
Other real estate owned
Total non-performing assets
December 31,
2015
2014
(in thousands)
$ 733
1,194
1,927
403
2,330
-
$ 2,330
$ -
1,907
1,907
149
2,056
-
$ 2,056
The Company’s loans that were modified during the years ended December 31,2015 and 2014 considered troubled debt
restructurings are as follows (in thousands):
SBA non-real estate
Consumer
Total
Number
December 31, 2015
Pre-modification
recorded
investment
Post-
modification
recorded
investment
1 $ 171 $ 171
2
434
434
3 $ 605 $ 605
December 31, 2014
Pre-
modification
recorded
investment
Post-
modification
recorded
investment
Number
1 $ 197 $ 197
1
346
346
2 $ 543 $ 543
The balances below provide information as to how the loans were modified as troubled debt restructured loans at December
31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):
SBA non-real estate
Consumer
Total
December 31, 2015
Extended
maturity
Adjusted
interest rate
$ -
-
Combined rate
and maturity
$ -
-
$ - $ 501 $ 104 $ - $ 543 $ -
Combined rate
and maturity
$ 171 $ -
104
Adjusted
interest rate
$ - $ 197
346
330
-
December 31, 2014
Extended
maturity
As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had no commitments to lend additional funds to loan
customers whose terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings.
The following table summarizes as of December 31, 2015 loans that were restructured within the last 12 months that have
subsequently defaulted (in thousands).
Consumer
Total
December 31, 2015
Number
Pre-modification recorded
investment
1
1
$ 104
$ 104
93
A detail of the changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses by loan category is as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2015
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision (credit)
Ending balance
Ending balance: Individually
evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: Collectively
evaluated for impairment
Loans:
Ending balance
Ending balance: Individually
evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: Collectively
evaluated for impairment
December 31, 2014
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision (credit)
Ending balance
Ending balance: Individually
evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: Collectively
evaluated for impairment
Loans:
Ending balance
Ending balance: Individually
evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: Collectively
evaluated for impairment
SBA non real
estate
SBA commercial
mortgage
SBA
construction
Direct lease
financing
SBLOC
Other specialty
lending
Other
consumer
loans
Unallocated
Total
$ 385
(111)
-
570
$ 844
$ 461
-
-
(53)
$ 408
$ 114
-
-
(66)
$ 48
$ 836 $ 562
-
-
200
$ 1,022 $ 762
(30)
-
216
$ 66
-
-
133
$ 199
$ 1,181
(1,220)
23
952
$ 936
$ 33 $ 3,638
(1,361)
23
2,100
$ 181 $ 4,400
-
-
148
$ 123
$ -
$ -
$ - $ -
$ -
$ 26
$ - $ 149
$ 721
$ 408
$ 48
$ 1,022 $ 762
$ 199
$ 910
$ 181 $ 4,251
$ 68,887
$ 114,029
$ 6,977
$ 231,514 $ 575,948
$ 48,315
$ 23,180
$ 9,227 $1,078,077
$ 904
$ -
$ -
$ - $ -
$ -
$ 1,524
$ - $ 2,428
$ 67,983
$ 114,029
$ 6,977
$ 231,514 $ 575,948
$ 48,315
$ 21,656
$ 9,227 $1,075,649
$ 419
(307)
12
261
$ 385
$ 496
-
-
(35)
$ 461
$ -
-
-
114
$ 114
$ 311 $ 293
(3)
-
272
$ 836 $ 562
(323)
25
823
$ 1
-
-
65
$ 66
$ 2,361
(871)
22
(331)
$ 1,181
$ - $ 3,881
(1,504)
59
1,202
$ 33 $ 3,638
-
-
33
$ 40
$ -
$ -
$ - $ -
$ -
$ 271
$ - $ 311
$ 345
$ 461
$ 114
$ 836 $ 562
$ 66
$ 910
$ 33 $ 3,327
$ 62,425
$ 82,317
$ 20,392
$ 194,464 $ 421,862
$ 48,625
$ 36,168
$ 8,340 $ 874,593
$ 197
$ -
$ -
$ - $ -
$ -
$ 2,253
$ - $ 2,450
$ 62,228
$ 82,317
$ 20,392
$ 194,464 $ 421,862
$ 48,625
$ 33,915
$ 8,340 $ 872,143
The Company did not have loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality at either December 31, 2015 or December 31,
2014.
94
A detail of the Company’s delinquent loans by loan category is as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2015
SBA non real estate
SBA commercial mortgage
SBA construction
Direct lease financing
SBLOC
Other specialty lending
Consumer - other
Consumer - home equity
Unamortized loan fees and costs
December 31, 2014
SBA non real estate
SBA commercial mortgage
SBA construction
Direct lease financing
SBLOC
Other specialty lending
Consumer - other
Consumer - home equity
Unamortized loan fees and costs
30-59 Days
past due
60-89 Days
past due
Greater
than
90 days
Total past due
Non accrual
$ - $ - $ - $ 733 $ 733 $ 68,154 $ 68,887
114,029
6,977
231,514
575,948
48,315
6,845
16,335
9,227
$ 3,957 $ 4,507 $ 403 $ 1,927 $ 10,794 $ 1,067,283 $ 1,078,077
114,029
6,977
224,046
575,948
48,315
6,844
13,743
9,227
-
-
7,468
-
-
1
2,592
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,194
-
-
-
3,957
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3,108
-
-
1
1,398
-
-
-
403
-
-
-
-
-
Total loans
Current
$ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 62,425 $ 62,425
82,317
20,392
194,464
421,862
48,625
8,663
27,505
8,340
$ 5,092 $ 2,289 $ 149 $ 1,907 $ 9,437 $ 865,156 $ 874,593
82,317
20,392
187,400
421,862
48,625
8,654
25,141
8,340
-
-
7,064
-
-
9
2,364
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,907
-
-
-
5,083
-
-
9
-
-
-
-
1,832
-
-
-
457
-
-
-
149
-
-
-
-
-
95
December 31,
2015
SBA non real
estate
SBA
commercial
mortgage
SBA
construction
Direct lease
financing
SBLOC
Other
specialty
lending
Consumer
Unamortized
loan fees and
costs
December 31,
2014
SBA non real
estate
SBA
commercial
mortgage
SBA
construction
Direct lease
financing
SBLOC
Other
specialty
lending
Consumer
Unamortized
loan fees and
costs
The Company evaluates its loans under an internal loan risk rating system as a means of identifying problem loans. The
following table provides information by credit risk rating indicator for each segment of the loan portfolio excluding loans held for sale
at the dates indicated (in thousands):
Pass
Special mention Substandard
Doubtful
Loss
Unrated subject to
review *
Unrated not subject
to review *
Total loans
$ 55,682 $ - $ 904
$ - $ - $ 8,610 $ 3,691
$ 68,887
92,859
6,977
90,588
204,201
46,520
7,631
-
-
-
-
-
-
670
-
-
70
-
3,473
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3,894
17,276
-
17,200
19,372
-
457
-
123,056
352,375
1,795
11,549
-
$ 504,458 $ 70 $ 5,047
-
-
9,227
$ - $ - $ 49,533 $ 518,969
-
-
-
$ 49,214 $ - $ 197
$ - $ - $ 669 $ 12,345
$ 62,425
59,086
18,911
58,994
142,286
46,990
14,196
-
-
-
-
-
-
99
-
-
346
-
1,907
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
965
-
-
57,360
-
73
22,266
1,481
135,371
222,216
1,635
19,646
-
$ 389,677 $ 346 $ 2,203
-
-
8,340
$ - $ - $ 59,067 $ 423,300
-
-
-
* Loan review is performed by staff independent of the loan departments and who report directly to the chief credit officer. Loans are also subject to review
by their relationship manager and senior loan personnel. At December 31, 2015, approximately 47% of the total continuing loan portfolio was reviewed as a result of
the coverage of each loan portfolio type. The loan review policy guidelines were revised in December 2015 to establish minimum coverages for each loan
portfolio. The targeted coverages and scope of the reviews are risk-based and vary according to each portfolio. The Company plans to achieve these thresholds by
December 31, 2016 and to maintain them as follows.
Security Backed Lines of Credit (SBLOC) – The targeted review threshold for 2016 is 40% with the largest 25% of SBLOCs
by commitment to be reviewed annually. At December 31, 2015 approximately 35% of the SBLOC portfolio had been reviewed.
SBA Loans – The targeted review threshold for 2016 is 100%, less guaranteed portions of any loans purchased and loans
funded within 90 days of quarter end. Although loans are not typically purchased, loans for CRA purposes are periodically purchased.
At December 31, 2015, approximately 89% of the Government Guaranteed Loan portfolio had been reviewed. The portion not
reviewed includes $29 million in purchased loans which are subject to government guarantees and $3 million in newly funded loans.
Leasing – The targeted review threshold for 2016 is 50%. At December 31, 2015, approximately 40% of the Leasing
portfolio had been reviewed.
Commercial Mortgaged Backed Securities (Floating Rate) – The targeted review threshold for 2016 is 100%. Floating rate
loans will be reviewed initially within 90 days of funding and will be monitored on an ongoing basis as to payment status. Subsequent
96
114,029
6,977
231,514
575,948
48,315
23,180
9,227
$ 1,078,077
82,317
20,392
194,464
421,862
48,625
36,168
8,340
$ 874,593
reviews will be performed based on a sampling each quarter. Each floating rate loan will be reviewed if any available extension
options are exercised. At December 31, 2015, approximately 57% of the CMBS floating rate portfolio had been reviewed. The
portion not reviewed includes $122 million in newly funded loans.
CMBS (Fixed Rate) - CMBS fixed rate loans will generally not be reviewed as they are sold on the secondary market in a
relatively short period of time. 100% of fixed rate Loans that are unable to be readily sold on the secondary market and remain on the
bank's books after nine months will be reviewed at least annually. At December 31, 2015, none of the CMBS (Fixed Rate) portfolio
loans met the scope for review.
Specialty Lending - Specialty Lending, defined as commercial loans unique in nature that do not fit into other established
categories, will have a review coverage threshold of 100% for non-Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) loans. At December 31,
2015, approximately 100% of the non CRA loans had been reviewed.
Home Equity Lines of Credit, or HELOC – The targeted review threshold for 2016 is 50%. The largest 25% of HELOCs by
commitment will be reviewed annually. At December 31, 2105 approximately 52% of the HELOC portfolio had been reviewed.
Note F—Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are as follows (in thousands):
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment
Leasehold improvements
Accumulated depreciation
Estimated
useful lives
3 to 12 years
6 to 10 years
December 31,
2015
$ 46,409
10,770
57,179
(35,548)
$ 21,631
2014
$ 41,765
7,098
48,863
(31,166)
$ 17,697
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was approximately $4.7 million, $4.5 million
and $3.7 million, respectively.
Note G—Time Deposits
At December 31, 2015, the scheduled maturities of time deposits (certificates of deposit) are as follows (in thousands):
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
$ 428,549
-
-
-
-
$ 428,549
Note H—Variable Interest Entity (VIE)
VIEs are entities that, by design, either (1) lack sufficient equity to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional
subordinated financial support from other parties, or (2) have equity investors that do not have the ability to make significant decisions
relating to the entity’s operations through voting rights, or do not have the obligation to absorb the expected losses, or do not have the
right to receive the residual returns of the entity.
97
The most common type of VIE is a special purpose entity (SPE). SPEs are commonly used in securitization transactions in
order to isolate certain assets and distribute the cash flows from those assets to investors. The basic SPE structure involves a company
selling assets to the SPE with the SPE funding the purchase of those assets by issuing securities to investors. The agreements that
govern the transaction specify how the cash earned on the assets must be allocated to the SPE’s investors and other parties that have
rights to those cash flows. SPEs are generally structured to insulate investors from claims on the SPE’s assets by creditors of other
entities, including the creditors of the seller of the assets. The primary beneficiary of a VIE (i.e., the party that has a controlling
financial interest) is required to consolidate the assets and liabilities of the VIE. The primary beneficiary is the party that has both (1)
the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance; and (2) through its
interests in the VIE, the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to
the VIE.
The Company holds variable interests in Walnut Street 2014-1 LLC (WS 2014), accounted for as a debt security, and the
Company elected the fair value option, after acquiring a 49% equity interest in WS 2014 as well as 100% of the A-Notes and 49% of
the B-Notes that WS 2014 issued in a securitization transaction. The variable interests relate to the economic interests held by the
Company in WS 2014 and the asset management contract between the Company and WS 2014. The Company is not the primary
beneficiary, as it does not have the controlling financial interest in WS 2014 and therefore does not consolidate. At December 31,
2015, the Company’s investment in the WS 2014 was $178.5 million and was classified as investment in unconsolidated entity in the
consolidated balance sheet. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss is equal to the balance of the Company’s interest, or $178.5
million.
The following table presents the total unpaid principal amount of assets held in WS 2014 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in
thousands). Continuing involvement includes servicing the loans and holding senior interests or subordinated interests.
Principal amount outstanding
December 31, 2015
Total assets
held by
securitization
VIEs
Assets held in
consolidated
securitization
VIEs
Assets held in
nonconsolidated
VIEs with
continuing
involvement
The Company's
interest
in securitized
assets in
nonconsolidated
VIEs (b)
Commercial and other (a)
$ 195,939
$ 195,939
$ 178,520
Principal amount outstanding
December 31, 2014
Total assets
held by
securitization
VIEs
Assets held in
consolidated
securitization
VIEs
Assets held in
nonconsolidated
VIEs with
continuing
involvement
The Company's
interest
in securitized
assets in
nonconsolidated
VIEs (b)
Commercial and other (a)
$ 209,632
$ 209,632
$ 193,595
(a) Consists of notes backed by commercial loans predominately secured by real estate.
(b) The retained interest in the commercial and other securitization trusts are non-rated and are accounted for at fair value utilizing cash flow
analysis.
98
Note I—Debt
1. Short-term borrowings
The Bank has overnight borrowing capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh of $580.6 million at December
31, 2015. Borrowings under this arrangement have a variable interest rate. The Bank also had a $136.2 million line in process with
the Federal Reserve Bank as of that date which was subsequently approved. As of December 31, 2015, the Bank did not have any
borrowings outstanding on these lines. The details of these categories are presented below:
2015
As of or for the year ended December 31,
2014
(dollars in thousands)
2013
Short-term borrowings and federal funds purchased
Balance at year-end
Average during the year
Maximum month-end balance
Weighted average rate during the year
Rate at December 31
2. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
$ -
4,575
-
0.26%
0.23%
$ -
-
-
0.00%
0.27%
$ -
-
-
0.00%
0.25%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature within 30 days from the date of the transactions. The detail
of securities sold under agreements to repurchase is presented below:
2015
As of or for the year ended December 31,
2014
(dollars in thousands)
2013
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
Balance at year-end
Average during the year
Maximum month-end balance
Weighted average rate during the year
Rate at December 31
$ 925
5,225
15,857
0.29%
0.24%
$ 19,414
17,497
21,496
0.29%
0.29%
$ 21,221
18,442
22,523
0.29%
0.28%
3. Guaranteed Preferred Beneficiary Interest in Company’s Subordinated Debt
As of December 31, 2015, the Company held two statutory business trusts: The Bancorp Capital Trust II and The Bancorp
Capital Trust III (Trusts). In each case, the Company owns all the common securities of the trust. The Trusts issued preferred capital
securities to investors and invested the proceeds in the Company through the purchase of junior subordinated debentures issued by the
Company. These debentures are the sole assets of the Trusts.
The $10.3 million of debentures issued to The Bancorp Capital Trust II on November 28, 2007 mature on March 15,
2038, and bear interest at an annual rate equal to 3-month LIBOR plus 3.25%.
The $3.1 million of debentures issued to The Bancorp Capital Trust III on November 28, 2007 mature on March 15,
2038, and bear interest at a floating annual rate equal to 3-month LIBOR plus 3.25%.
As of December 31, 2015, the Trusts qualify as VIEs under ASC 810, Consolidation. The Company is not considered the
primary beneficiary and therefore the Trusts are not consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Trusts are
accounted for under the equity method of accounting.
99
Note J—Shareholders’ Equity
In 2011, the Company adopted a common stock repurchase program in which share repurchases reduce the amount of shares
outstanding. Repurchased shares may be reissued for various corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had
repurchased 100,000 shares of the total 750,000 maximum number of shares authorized by the Board of Directors. The 100,000
shares were repurchased at an average cost of $8.66. Shares were repurchased at market price and were recorded as treasury stock at
that amount, using the cost method. The Company did not repurchase shares in 2015, 2014 or 2013.
Note K—Benefit Plans
401 (k) Plan
The Company maintains a 401(k) savings plan covering substantially all employees of the Company. Under the plan, the
Company matches 50% of the employee contributions for all participants, not to exceed 6% of their salary. Contributions made by the
Company were approximately $1.2 million, $921,000 and $813,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013,
respectively.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
In 2005, the Company began contributing to a supplemental executive retirement plan for its former Chief Executive Officer
that provides annual retirement benefits of $25,000 per month until death. There were $300,000 of disbursements under the plan in
2015 and there were no disbursements for 2014 or 2013. In 2014 the Company expensed $1.3 million based upon actuarial tables for
which the appropriate actuarial data for 2014 was utilized. The actuarial assumptions reflected a discount rate of 3.37%, a maximum
potential life expectancy of 120 years and a monthly benefit of $25,000. The Company credited expense for $115,000 in 2015 based
upon other changes to actuarial tables. In 2013 the Company expensed $112,000 for this plan. As of December 31, 2015 the
Company had accrued $3.8 million for potential future payouts.
Note L—Income Taxes
The company operates predominantly in the United States and is subject to corporate net income taxes for federal and state
purposes. The company also has minimal operations in foreign jurisdictions. In prior years these taxes were not considered material
to the overall financial statements.
The components of income tax expense (benefit) included in the statements of continuing operations are as follows:
Current tax provision (benefit)
Federal
Foreign
State
Deferred tax provision (benefit)
Federal
State
2015
$ 286
353
727
1,366
132
(48)
84
$ 1,450
For the years ended
December 31,
2014
(in thousands)
2013
$ (3,663)
$ 4,723
2,730
(933)
2,244
6,967
(13,705)
115
(13,590)
$ (14,523)
(208)
8
(200)
$ 6,767
100
The differences between applicable income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations and the amounts computed by
applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, are as follows:
Computed tax expense at statutory rate
State taxes
Tax-exempt interest income
Foreign income tax rate difference
Meals and entertainment
Other nondeductible items
Valuation allowance - domestic
Valuation allowance - foreign
Other
2015
$ 2,713
448
(4,165)
(163)
196
1,020
884
395
122
$ 1,450
For the years ended
December 31,
2014
(in thousands)
$ 2,479
1,877
(4,304)
(591)
-
-
(14,485)
354
147
$ (14,523)
2013
$ 6,897
1,486
(1,898)
-
-
-
-
-
282
$ 6,767
Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary difference between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the
Company’s assets and liabilities. Cumulative temporary differences recognized in the financial statement of position are as follows:
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Non-accrual interest
Deferred compensation
State taxes
Nonqualified stock options
Stock appreciation rights
Tax deductible goodwill
Depreciation
Other than temporary impairment
Partnership interest, Walnut St basis difference
Fair value adjustment to investments
Loan charges
Unrealized loss on AFS securities
AMT tax credit
Federal net operating loss
Foreign net operating loss
Other
Total gross deferred tax assets
Federal and state valuation allowance
Foreign valuation allowance
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gains on investment securities available for sale
Discount on Class A notes
Depreciation
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax asset
For the years ended
December 31,
2015
2014
(in thousands)
$ 1,496
1,994
1,309
1,029
3,195
100
8,063
-
147
1,654
362
14,372
1,028
1,535
6,124
1,032
1,822
45,262
(5,304)
(1,032)
-
2,126
593
2,719
$ 36,207
$ 1,236
1,223
1,451
2,107
2,962
100
9,082
206
147
1,654
-
16,745
-
1,092
5,940
637
3,748
48,330
(5,252)
(637)
6,642
2,126
-
8,768
$ 33,673
The Company has a federal net operating loss carryforward of approximately $18 million that will expire in 2035. The
Company has approximately $55 million of state net operating losses from several states that will expire at varying times over the next
20 years. Additionally, the Company has alternative minimum tax credits of $1.5 million to offset taxable income in the future that
may be carried forward indefinitely.
101
Management assesses all available positive and negative evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that the
Company will able to recognize the existing deferred tax assets. As part of the restatement of the Company’s financial statements for
the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and for the interim periods included within such years and for the quarters
ended March 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and September 30, 2014, additional deferred tax assets were generated and available for the year
ended December 31, 2014. Management evaluated those newly-generated assets and increased the valuation allowance accordingly.
The majority of the increase in assets and corresponding increase in the valuation allowance is recognized as a component of
discontinued operations. The federal and state valuation allowance at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, was $5.3 million
and $5.2 million and is primarily related to assets included in discontinued operations. The amount of the deferred tax asset
considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced or
increased or if the negative evidence is no longer present or diminishes due to growth of positive evidence.
The Company does not provide for deferred taxes on the excess of the financial reporting over the tax basis in our
investments in foreign subsidiaries that are essentially permanent in duration. The determination of the additional deferred taxes that
have not been provided for is not practicable. From its European operations, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $10.3 million which may be carried forward indefinitely provided there is no change in ownership or nature of trade of
the company within a period of expire over the next three years. These losses have generated deferred tax assets in the amount of $1.0
million which have a full valuation allowance at December 31, 2015.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
2015
For the years ended
December 31,
2014
(in thousands)
2013
Beginning balance at January 1
Increases (decreases) in tax provisions for prior years
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31
$ 313
27
$ 340
$ 352
(39)
$ 313
$ 230
122
$ 352
Management does not believe these amounts will significantly increase or decrease within 12 months of December 31, 2015.
The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, will impact the effective tax rate.
The Company files federal and state returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The 2012 through 2014 tax
years generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state tax authorities. The Company recognizes interest accrued and
penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense for all periods presented. To date, no amounts of interest or
penalties relating to unrecognized tax benefits have been recorded.
Note M—Stock-Based Compensation
In May 2013, the Company adopted a stock option and equity plan (the 2013 Plan). Employees and directors of the
Company and the Bank and consultants (with restrictions) are eligible to participate in the 2013 plan. The option term may not exceed
10 years from the date of the grant. An employee or consultant who possesses more than 10 percent of voting power of all classes of
stock of the Company, or any parent or subsidiary, may not have options with terms exceeding 5 years from the date of grant. An
aggregate of 2,200,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance by the 2013 plan.
In May 2011, the Company adopted a Stock Option and Equity Plan (the 2011 Plan). Employees and directors of the
Company and the Bank and consultants (with restrictions) are eligible to participate in the 2011 Plan. The option term may not exceed
10 years from the date of the grant. An employee or consultant who possesses more than 10 percent of voting power of all classes of
stock of the Company, or any parent or subsidiary, may not have options with terms exceeding 5 years from the date of grant. An
aggregate of 1,400,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance by the 2011 plan.
In June 2005, the Company adopted an omnibus equity compensation plan (the 2005 plan). Employees and directors of the
Company and the Bank are eligible to participate in the 2005 Plan. An employee or consultant who possesses more than 10 percent of
102
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, or any parent or subsidiary, may not have options with terms exceeding 5 years
from the date of grant. An aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance by the 2005 plan. Options
granted under the 2005 plan expire on the tenth anniversary of their grant.
In October 1999, the Company adopted a stock option plan (the 1999 Plan). Employees and directors of the Company and
the Bank were eligible to participate in the 1999 Plan. An employee or consultant who possesses more than 10 percent of voting
power of all classes of stock of the Company, or any parent or subsidiary, may not have options with terms exceeding 5 years from the
date of grant. An aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of common stock were reserved under the 1999 Plan, with no more than 75,000 shares
being issuable to non-employee directors. Options vested over four years and expire on the tenth anniversary of the grant.
A summary of the status of the Company’s equity compensation plans is presented below.
Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
term
(years)
(in thousands except per share data)
Weighted
average
exercise
price
Aggregate
intrinsic
value
Shares
2,602,000
-
(83,500)
(457,250)
(83,750)
1,977,500
1,758,125
$ 9.72
-
7.66
15.08
9.20
$ 8.58
$ 8.48
5.39
-
-
-
-
5.47
5.29
-
-
-
-
$ -
$ -
Outstanding at January 1, 2015
Granted
Exercised
Expired
Forfeited
Outstanding at December 31, 2015
Exercisable at December 31, 2015
A summary of the Company’s restricted stock units is presented below:
Outstanding at January 1, 2015
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Outstanding at December 31, 2015
Weighted
average
exercise
price
$ 10.46
9.11
10.46
9.30
9.88
Average
remaining
contractual
term
(years)
2.07
1.25
1.12
Shares
148,381
86,992
(49,460)
(17,868)
168,045
The Company granted 86,992 restricted stock units with a vesting period of two years at a fair value of $9.11 in 2015. There
were no restricted stock units granted in 2014. The Company granted 197,481 restricted stock units with a vesting period of four years
at a fair value of $10.46 in 2013.
103
A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested options under the plans as of December 31, 2015, and changes during
the year then ended, is presented below:
Non-Vested at January 1, 2015
Granted
Vested
Expired
Forfeited
Non-Vested at December 31, 2015
Shares
502,750
-
(238,875)
-
(44,500)
219,375
Weighted-
average
grant-date
fair value
$ 4.72
-
4.48
-
4.81
$ 4.91
The Company did not grant any common stock options in 2015. The Company granted 45,000 common stock options in
2014, with a vesting period of four years. The weighted-average fair value of the stock options issued was $4.16. The Company
granted 215,000 common stock options in 2013, 35,000 with a vesting period of one year and 180,000 with a vesting period of four
years. The weighted-average fair value of the stock options issued was $4.85. There were 132,960 options exercised and restricted
stock units vested in 2015, 113,334 options exercised and restricted stock units vested in 2014 and 605,494 options exercised in 2013.
The total intrinsic value of the options exercised and stock units vested in 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $455,000, $1.5 million and $3.0
million, respectively. The total fair value of options that vested during the year ended December 31, 2015 was $1.2 million.
As of December 31, 2015, there was a total of $1.4 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested awards
under share-based plans. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately one year. For the
years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 total compensation expense under share based payment arrangements was $2.0
million, $2.6 million and $3.2 million respectively and the related tax benefits recognized were $672,000, $915,000 and $1.1 million,
respectively.
For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company estimated the fair value of each grant on the date of
grant using the Black-Scholes options pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividend yield
Expected volatility
Expected lives (years)
2015
December 31,
2014
0.00%
-
0.00%
2.00
2.36%
-
41.74%
5.71
2013
1.86%
-
49.71%-55.65%
4.03-4.22
Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock and peer group comparisons over the expected
life of the grant. The risk-free rate for periods within the expected life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury strip rate in effect at
the time of the grant. The life of the option is based on historical factors which include the contractual term, vesting period, exercise
behavior and employee terminations. In accordance with the ASC 718, Stock Based Compensation, stock based compensation
expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 is based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest and has been reduced for
estimated forfeitures. The Company estimates forfeitures using historical data based upon the groups identified by management.
Note N—Transactions with Affiliates
The Company entered into a space sharing agreement for office space in New York, New York with Resource America Inc.
commencing in September 2011, which terminated on January 31, 2015. The Company pays only its proportionate share of the lease
rate to a lessor which is an unrelated third party. The Chairman of the Board of Resource America, Inc. is the father of the Chairman
of the Board and the spouse of the former Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Chief Executive Officer of Resource
America is the brother of the Chairman of the Board and the son of the former Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Rent expense
is 50% of the fixed rent, real estate tax payment and the base expense charges. Rent expense was $9,000, $112,000 and $102,000 for
the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
104
The Company entered into a space sharing agreement for office space in New York, New York with Atlas Energy, L.P.
commencing May 2012, which expired in May 2015. As a result of certain transactions, Atlas Energy, L.P. assigned the lease to its
successor, Atlas Energy Group, LLC. in 2015. The Company pays only its proportionate share of the lease rate to a lessor which is an
unrelated third party. The Executive Chairman of the Board of Atlas Energy Group. LLC and, prior thereto, of the general partner of
Atlas Energy, L.P. is the brother of the Chairman of the Board and son of the former Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The
Chief Executive Officer and President of Atlas Energy Group LLC and, prior thereto, of the general partner of Atlas Energy, L.P is the
father of the Chairman of the Board and spouse of the former Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Rent expense is 50% of the
fixed rent, real estate tax payment, and the base expense charges. Rent expense was $35,000, $104,000 and $104,000 for the years
ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
The Bank maintains deposits for various affiliated companies totaling approximately $33.4 million and $15.1 million as of
December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
The Bank has entered into lending transactions in the ordinary course of business with directors, executive officers, principal
stockholders and affiliates of such persons. All loans were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rate and collateral,
as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the lender. At December 31, 2015, these loans were
current as to principal and interest payments, and did not involve more than normal risk of collectability. At December 31, 2015 and
2014, loans to these related parties included in Assets held for sale amounted to $1.8 million and $28.1 million. At December 31,
2015 and 2014, loans to these related parties included in Loans, net of deferred loan fees and costs amounted to $1.8 million and $30.9
million.
The Bank has periodically purchased securities under agreements to resell and engages in other securities transactions through
J.V.B. Financial Group, LLC (JVB), a broker dealer in which the Company’s Chairman has a minority interest. The Company’s
Chairman also serves as Vice Chairman of Institutional Financial Markets Inc., the parent company of JVB. The Company purchased
securities under agreements to resell through JVB primarily consisting of Government National Mortgage Association certificates
which are full faith and credit obligations of the United States government issued at competitive rates. JVB was in full compliance
with all of the terms of the repurchase agreements at December 31, 2015 and had complied with the terms for all prior repurchase
agreements. There were no repurchase transaction outstanding at December 31, 2015; $46.3 million of such transactions were
outstanding at December 31, 2014.
The Company entered into a consulting agreement with Betsy Z. Cohen, its former Chief Executive Officer, which was
effective January 1, 2015 and expires on December 31, 2016. Under the agreement, Mrs. Cohen will act as an advisor to the Board of
Directors and executive management with respect to business strategies, the performance of various lines of business, and other
corporate and regulatory matters. The agreement is intended to preserve for the Company Mrs. Cohen’s insight and experience with
respect to the Company, the Bank and the financial services industry generally. The agreement provides for a monthly service fee of
$30,000, and the provision of office space and administrative support. We have not paid any monthly fees under this agreement
pending regulatory review.
Note O—Commitments and Contingencies
1. Operating Leases
The Company leases its operations facility for a term expiring on October 31, 2025, and leases its Philadelphia offices for a
term expiring in 2025. The Company also has leases for business production offices in Pennsylvania, Maryland, Florida, Washington
and Minnesota that expire at various times through 2018. The Company leases space in South Dakota, USA, Gibraltar and Bulgaria
for its prepaid card division. The leases on these spaces expire at various times through 2022. The Company leases space in Illinois
for its Small Business Lending division for a term expiring in 2020. The Company leases space in Florida for compliance operations
for a term expiring in 2020. The Company leases executive office space in New York for a term expiring in 2025. The Company
leases a sales office in San Francisco, California for its payments businesses which expires in 2020. These leases require the
Company to pay the real estate taxes and insurance on the leased properties in addition to rent. The approximate future minimum
annual rental payments, including any additional rents due to escalation clauses, required by these leases are as follows (in thousands):
105
Year ending December 31,
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Thereafter
$ 3,805
3,933
3,890
3,960
3,898
14,720
$ 34,206
Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was approximately $4.6 million, $4.0 million and $3.1
million, net of sublease rentals of approximately $0, $78,000 and $110,000, respectively. The sublease expired in 2014.
2. Legal Proceedings
On July 17, 2014, a class action securities complaint captioned Fletcher v. The Bancorp Inc., et al., was filed in the United
States District Court for the District of Delaware. A consolidated version of that class action complaint was filed before the same
court on January 23, 2015 on behalf of Lead Plaintiffs Arkansas Public Employees Retirement System and Arkansas Teacher
Retirement System under the caption of In re The Bancorp Inc. Securities Litigation. On October 26, 2015, Lead Plaintiffs filed an
amended consolidated complaint against the Company, Betsy Z. Cohen, Paul Frenkiel, Frank M. Mastrangelo and Jeremy Kuiper,
which alleges that during a class period beginning January 26, 2011 through June 26, 2015, the defendants made materially false
and/or misleading statements and/or failed to disclose that (i) the Company had wrongfully extended and modified problem loans and
under-reserved for loan losses due to adverse loans, (ii) the Company’s operations and credit practices were in violation of the BSA,
and (iii) as a result, the Company’s financial statements, press releases and public statements were materially false and misleading
during the relevant period. The amended consolidated complaint further alleges that, as a result, the price of the Company’s common
stock was artificially inflated and fell once the defendants’ misstatements and omissions were revealed, causing damage to the
plaintiffs and the other members of the class. The complaint asks for an unspecified amount of damages, prejudgment and post-
judgment interest and attorneys’ fees. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended consolidated complaint on November 23,
2015. Oral argument on the defendants’ motion was held on January 29, 2016. This litigation is in its preliminary stages. The
Company has been advised by its counsel in the matter that reasonably possible losses cannot be estimated. The Company believes
that the complaint is without merit and intends to continue to defend vigorously.
In addition, the Company is a party to various routine legal proceedings arising out of the ordinary course of its business.
The Company believes that none of these actions, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition or operations.
Note P—Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk and Concentrations of Credit Risk
The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the
financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.
Such financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when they become payable. These instruments
involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance
sheets. The contractual, or notional, amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular
classes of financial instruments.
106
The approximate contract amounts and maturity term of the Company’s credit commitments are as follows:
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk
Commitments to extend credit
Standby letters of credit
2015
December 31,
(in thousands)
2014
$ 831,457
18,536
$ 849,993
$ 709,080
22,057
$ 731,137
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition
established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment
of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not
necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.
The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit
evaluation.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to
a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial
paper, bond financing and similar transactions. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that
involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company holds residential or commercial real estate, accounts receivable,
inventory and equipment as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. Based upon periodic
analysis of the Company’s standby letters of credit, management has determined that a reserve is not necessary at December 31, 2015.
The Company reduces any potential liability on its standby letters of credit based upon its estimate of the proceeds obtainable upon the
liquidation of the collateral held. Fair values of unrecognized financial instruments, including commitments to extend credit and the
fair value of letters of credit, are considered immaterial. The standby letters of credit expire as follows: $250,000 in 2015, $16.9
million in 2016 and the remaining $1.4 million in 2017.
The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for
commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual or notional amount of those instruments.
The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet
instruments.
Note Q—Fair Value of Financial Instruments
ASC 825, Financial Instruments, requires disclosure of the estimated fair value of an entity’s assets and liabilities considered
to be financial instruments. For the Company, as for most financial institutions, the majority of its assets and liabilities are considered
to be financial instruments. However, many of such instruments lack an available trading market as characterized by a willing buyer
and willing seller engaging in an exchange transaction. Also, it is the Company’s general practice and intent to hold its financial
instruments to maturity whether or not categorized as “available-for-sale” and not to engage in trading or sales activities, except for
certain loans. For fair value disclosure purposes, the Company utilized the fair value measurement criteria of ASC 820, Fair Value
Measurements and Disclosures.
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to assets
and liabilities. It clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It also establishes a framework for
measuring fair value and expands disclosures concerning fair value measurements. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that
prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted
prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level
3 measurements). Level 1 valuation is based on quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities to which the Company has
access at the measurement date. Level 2 valuation is based on other observable inputs for the asset or liability, either directly or
indirectly. This includes quoted prices for similar assets in active or inactive markets, inputs other than quoted prices that are
observable for the asset or liability such as yield curves, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, default rates, or inputs that are
derived principally from, or corroborated through, observable market data by market-corroborated reports. Level 3 valuation is based
on “unobservable inputs” that are the best information available in the circumstances. A financial instrument’s level within the fair
107
value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. In 2015, certain securities were
reclassified to level 2 from level 3 based upon current market information. There were no transfers between levels in 2014.
Estimated fair values have been determined by the Company using the best available data and an estimation methodology it
believes to be suitable for each category of financial instruments. Changes in the assumptions or methodologies used to estimate fair
values may materially affect the estimated amounts. Also, there may not be reasonable comparability between institutions due to the
wide range of permitted assumptions and methodologies in the absence of active markets. This lack of uniformity gives rise to a high
degree of subjectivity in estimating financial instrument fair values.
Cash and cash equivalents, which are comprised of cash and due from banks, the Company’s balance at the Federal Reserve
Bank and securities purchased under agreements to resell, had recorded values of $1.16 billion and $1.11 billion at December 31, 2015
and 2014, respectively, which approximated fair values.
Investment securities have estimated fair values based on quoted market prices, if available, or by an estimation methodology
based on management’s inputs. The fair values of the Company’s investment securities held-to-maturity are based on using
“unobservable inputs” that are the best information available in the circumstances when market information is not available. Level 3
investment securities fair values are based on the present value of cash flows, which discounts expected cash flows from principal and
interest using yield to maturity at the measurement date.
Commercial loans held for sale have estimated fair values based upon market indications of the sales price of such loans from
recent sales transactions.
Loans, net of deferred loan fees and costs, have an estimated fair value using the present value of discounted cash flow where
market prices were not available. The discount rate used in these calculations is the estimated current market rate adjusted for credit
risk. The carrying value of accrued interest approximates fair value.
FHLB and Atlantic Central Bankers Bank stock are held as required by those respective institutions and are carried at cost.
Federal law requires a member institution of the FHLB to hold stock according to predetermined formulas. Atlantic Central Bankers
Bank requires its correspondent banking institutions to hold stock as a condition of membership.
Accrued interest receivable has a carrying value that approximates fair value.
Investment in unconsolidated entity. On December 30, 2014, the Bank entered into an agreement for, and closed on, the sale
of a portion of its discontinued commercial loan portfolio. The purchaser of the loan portfolio was a newly formed entity, Walnut
Street. The price paid to the Bank for the loan portfolio which had a face value of approximately $267.6 million, was approximately
$209.6 million, of which approximately $193.6 million was in the form of two notes issued by Walnut Street to the Bank; a senior
note in the principal amount of approximately $178.2 million bearing interest at 1.5% per year and maturing in December 2024 and a
subordinate note in the principal amount of approximately $15.4 million, bearing interest at 10.0% per year and maturing in December
2024. The balance of these notes comprise the balance of the investment in unconsolidated entity. The fair value was established by
the sales price and subsequently subjected to cash flow analysis. The change in value of investment in unconsolidated entity in the
income statement includes interest paid and changes in estimated fair value.
Assets held for sale as of December 31, 2015 are held at the lower of cost basis or market value. For loans, market value was
determined using the income approach which converts expected cash flows from the loan portfolio by unit of measurement to a
present value estimate. Unit of measurement was determined by loan type and for significant loans on an individual loan basis. The
fair values of the Company’s loans classified as assets held for sale are based on “unobservable inputs” that are the best information
available in the circumstances. Level 3 fair values are based on the present value of cash flows by unit of measurement. For
commercial loans, a market adjusted rate to discount expected cash flows from outstanding principal and interest to expected maturity
at the measurement date, was utilized. For other real estate owned, market value was based upon appraisals of the underlying
collateral by third party appraisers, reduced by 7-10% for estimated selling costs.
Demand deposits (comprising interest and non-interest bearing checking accounts, savings, and certain types of money
market accounts) are equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (generally, their carrying amounts). The fair values
of securities sold under agreements to repurchase and short term borrowings are equal to their carrying amounts as they are overnight
borrowings.
108
Time deposits and subordinated debentures have a fair value estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies
current interest rates to discount expected cash flows. Based upon time deposit maturities at December 31, 2015, the carrying values
approximate their fair values. The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.
Interest rate swaps have a fair value estimated using models that use readily observable market inputs and a market standard
methodology applied to the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity and interest rate indices.
The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated based on the amount of unamortized deferred loan commitment
fees. The fair value of letters of credit is based on the amount of unearned fees plus the estimated cost to terminate the letters of
credit. Fair values of unrecognized financial instruments, including commitments to extend credit, and the fair value of letters of
credit are considered immaterial.
Carrying
amount
Estimated
fair value
December 31, 2015
Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)
(in thousands)
Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
$ 1,070,098
93,590
$ 1,070,098
91,599
$ -
7,490
$ 1,070,098
76,552
$ -
7,557
1,062
489,938
1,078,077
166,548
11,972
583,909
3,602,376
383,832
428,549
13,401
925
43
1,062
489,938
1,068,718
166,548
11,972
583,909
3,602,376
383,832
428,711
8,529
925
43
-
-
-
-
-
-
3,602,376
383,832
-
-
925
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
43
1,062
489,938
1,068,718
166,548
11,972
583,909
-
-
428,711
8,529
-
-
Carrying
amount
Estimated
fair value
December 31, 2014
Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)
(in thousands)
Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
$ 1,493,639
93,765
46,250
$ 1,493,639
91,914
46,250
$ 66,287
7,448
46,250
$ 1,425,986
-
-
$ 1,366
84,466
-
1,002
217,080
874,593
178,187
15,408
887,929
4,289,586
330,798
1,400
13,401
19,414
942
1,002
217,080
869,871
178,187
15,408
887,929
4,289,586
330,798
1,412
8,042
19,414
942
-
-
-
-
-
-
4,289,586
330,798
-
-
19,414
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
942
1,002
217,080
869,871
178,187
15,408
887,929
-
-
1,412
8,042
-
-
Investment securities available-for-sale
Investment securities held-to-maturity
Federal Home Loan and Atlantic Central Bankers
Bank stock
Commercial loans held for sale
Loans, net
Investment in unconsolidated entity, senior note
Investment in unconsolidated entity, subordinated note
Assets held for sale
Demand and interest checking
Savings and money market
Time deposits
Subordinated debentures
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Interest rate swaps, asset
Investment securities available-for-sale
Investment securities held-to-maturity
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
Federal Home Loan and Atlantic Central Bankers
Bank stock
Commercial loans held for sale
Loans, net
Investment in unconsolidated entity, senior note
Investment in unconsolidated entity, subordinated note
Assets held for sale
Demand and interest checking
Savings and money market
Time deposits
Subordinated debentures
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Interest rate swaps, liability
109
The assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, segregated by fair value hierarchy, are summarized
below (in thousands):
Quoted prices in active
markets for identical
assets
(Level 1)
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Significant other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
Fair value
December 31, 2015
Investment securities available for sale
U.S. Government agency securities
Federally insured student loan securities
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Commercial loan obligation securities
Foreign debt securities
Other debt securities
Total investment securities available for sale
Loans held for sale
Investment in unconsolidated entity, senior note
Investment in unconsolidated entity, subordinated note
Interest rate swaps, asset
Investment securities available for sale
U.S. Government agency securities
Federally insured student loan securities
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
Residential mortgage-backed securities
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Foreign debt securities
Other debt securities
Total investment securities available for sale
Loans held for sale
Investment in unconsolidated entity, senior note
Investment in unconsolidated entity, subordinated note
Interest rate swaps, liability
$ -
$ 29,238 $ - $ 29,238
115,149
194,859
450,107
58,303
70,492
57,132
94,818
1,070,098
-
-
-
43
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
489,938
166,548
11,972
-
$ 1,738,599 $ - $ 1,070,141 $ 668,458
115,149
194,859
450,107
58,303
70,492
57,132
94,818
1,070,098
489,938
166,548
11,972
43
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Quoted prices in active
markets for identical
assets
(Level 1)
Significant other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
Fair value
December 31, 2014
$ 16,561 $ - $ 16,561 $ -
-
-
-
-
545
821
1,366
217,080
178,187
15,408
-
$ 1,903,372 $ 66,287 $ 1,425,044 $ 412,041
126,012
612,648
422,129
123,239
66,878
126,172
1,493,639
217,080
178,187
15,408
942
126,012
611,466
422,129
123,239
52,235
74,344
1,425,986
-
-
-
942
-
1,182
-
-
14,098
51,007
66,287
-
-
-
-
110
The Company’s Level 3 assets are listed below (in thousands).
Fair Value Measurements Using
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
Available-for-sale
securities
Commercial loans
held for sale
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
Beginning balance
Transfers into level 3
Transfers out of level 3
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized)
Included in earnings
Included in other comprehensive income
Purchases, issuances, and settlements
Purchases
Issuances
Sales
Settlements
Ending balance
The amount of total gains or losses for the period
included in earnings attributable to the change in
unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still
held at the reporting date.
Beginning balance
Transfers into level 3
Transfers out of level 3
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized)
Included in earnings
Included in other comprehensive income
Purchases, issuances, and settlements
Purchases
Issuances
Sales
Settlements
Ending balance
$ 1,366 $ 551 $ 217,080 $ 69,904
-
-
1,279
(551)
-
-
-
-
(23)
-
-
87
1,677
-
1,846
-
-
-
(1,343)
-
630,165
(484,835)
-
$ - $ 1,366 $ 489,938 $ 217,080
681,526
(410,345)
-
-
-
-
-
$ - $ - $ 4,321 $ 3,587
Fair Value Measurements Using
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
Investment in
unconsolidated entity
December 31, 2015
$ 193,595
-
-
December 31, 2014
$ -
-
-
(2,430)
-
-
-
-
-
-
(12,645)
$ 178,520
193,595
-
-
-
$ 193,595
The amount of total gains or losses for the period
included in earnings attributable to the change in
unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held
at the reporting date.
$ (2,430)
$ -
111
Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, segregated by fair value hierarchy, at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are
summarized below (in thousands):
Description
Impaired loans
Intangible assets
Description
Impaired loans
Intangible assets
Quoted prices in active
markets for identical
assets
(Level 1)
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Significant other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
unobservable
inputs (1)
(Level 3)
December 31, 2015
$ 2,428
4,929
$ 7,357
$ -
-
$ -
$ -
-
$ -
$ 2,428
4,929
$ 7,357
Fair value
December 31, 2014
Quoted prices in active
markets for identical
assets
(Level 1)
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Significant other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
unobservable
inputs (1)
(Level 3)
$ 2,450
6,228
$ 8,678
$ -
-
$ -
$ -
-
$ -
$ 2,450
6,228
$ 8,678
(1) The method of valuation approach for the impaired loans was the market value approach based upon appraisals of the underlying collateral by external appraisers,
reduced by 7-10% for estimated selling costs. Intangible assets are valued based upon internal analyses.
Impaired loans that are measured based on the value of underlying collateral have been presented at their fair value, less costs
to sell, of $2.4 million through the establishment of specific reserves and other writedowns of $149,000 or by recording charge-offs
when the carrying value exceeds the fair value. Included in the impaired balance at December 31, 2015, were troubled debt
restructured loans with a balance of $605,000 which had specific reserves of $43,000. Valuation techniques consistent with the
market and/or cost approach were used to measure fair value and primarily included observable inputs for the individual impaired
loans being evaluated such as recent sales of similar assets or observable market data for operational or carrying costs. In cases where
such inputs were unobservable, the loan balance is reflected within the Level 3 hierarchy. The fair value of other real estate owned is
based on an appraisal of the property using the market approach for valuation.
Note R –Derivatives
The Company utilizes derivative instruments to assist in the management of interest rate sensitivity by modifying the
repricing, maturity and option characteristics on commercial real estate loans held for sale. These instruments are not accounted for as
hedges. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had entered into thirteen interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional
amount of $68.7 million. These swap agreements provide for the Company to receive an adjustable rate of interest based upon
LIBOR. The Company recorded income of $984,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and a loss of $1.4 million and income of
$436,000, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 to recognize the fair value of derivative instruments. At
December 31, 2015 and 2014, the amount payable by the Company under these swap agreements was $60,000 and $1.1 million,
respectively. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had minimum collateral posting thresholds with certain of its derivative
counterparties and had posted cash collateral of $400,000 and $3.6 million, respectively.
112
The maturity dates, notional amounts, interest rates paid and received and fair value of the Company’s remaining interest rate
swap agreements as of December 31, 2015 are summarized below (in thousands):
December 31, 2015
Maturity date
August 17, 2025
August 17, 2025
August 17, 2025
October 7, 2025
November 27, 2025
December 11, 2025
December 15, 2025
December 17, 2025
December 22, 2025
December 23, 2025
December 24, 2025
December 29, 2025
December 30, 2025
Total
Note S—Regulatory Matters
Notional amount
Interest rate paid
$ 4,000
2,500
2,500
3,200
1,700
2,400
5,300
3,300
4,100
6,800
8,200
9,900
14,800
$ 68,700
2.27%
2.27%
2.27%
2.06%
2.10%
2.14%
2.10%
2.18%
2.14%
2.16%
2.17%
2.20%
2.19%
Interest rate received
0.36%
0.36%
0.36%
0.62%
0.41%
0.49%
0.51%
0.53%
0.59%
0.59%
0.59%
0.60%
0.60%
Fair value
$ (39)
(24)
(24)
33
11
10
40
1
17
20
10
(13)
1
$ 43
It is the policy of the Federal Reserve that financial holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out
of income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future
needs and financial condition. The policy provides that financial holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that
undermines the financial holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries.
Various federal and state statutory provisions limit the amount of dividends that subsidiary banks can pay to their holding
companies without regulatory approval. Under Delaware banking law, the Bank’s directors may declare dividends on common or
preferred stock of so much of its net profits as they judge expedient, but the Bank must, before the declaration of a dividend on
common stock from net profits, carry 50% of its net profits from the preceding period for which the dividend is paid to its surplus fund
until its surplus fund amounts to 50% of its capital stock and thereafter must carry 25% of its net profits for the preceding period for
which the dividend is paid to its surplus fund until its surplus fund amounts to 100% of its capital stock.
In addition to these explicit limitations, federal and state regulatory agencies are authorized to prohibit a banking subsidiary or
financial holding company from engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice. Depending upon the circumstances, the agencies could take
the position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. In August, 2015, the Bank entered into an
Amendment to the 2014 Consent Order pursuant to which the Bank may not pay dividends without prior FDIC approval. Previously,
the Company had received a Supervisory Letter pursuant to which the Company may not pay dividends without prior Federal Reserve
approval. The Federal Reserve approved the payment of the distributions on the Company’s trust preferred securities due December
15, 2015. Future payments are subject to future approval by the Federal Reserve. (See Note I)
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking
agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions
by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under
capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific
capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under
regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification of the Company and the Bank are also subject to qualitative
judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
113
Actual
Amount
Ratio
For capital
adequacy purposes
Amount
(dollars in thousands)
Ratio
To be well
capitalized under
prompt corrective
action provisions
Amount
Ratio
$ 323,900
310,361
14.88%
14.18%
$ 174,197
175,111
>=8.00
8.00
N/A
219,067
N/A
>= 10.00%
319,500
305,961
14.67%
13.98%
87,099
87,556
>=6.00
6.00
N/A
175,254
N/A
>= 8.00%
319,500
305,961
7.17%
6.90%
178,227
177,292
>=4.00
4.00
N/A
221,621
N/A
>= 5.00%
319,500
305,961
14.67%
13.98%
97,986
98,500
>=4.00
4.50
N/A
175,254
N/A
>= 6.50%
$ 302,458
276,003
11.67%
10.59%
$ 216,440
217,778
>=8.00
8.00
N/A
272,222
N/A
>= 10.00%
298,819
272,366
11.54%
10.46%
108,220
108,889
>=4.00
4.00
N/A
163,333
N/A
>= 6.00%
298,819
272,366
7.07%
6.46%
175,209
175,258
>=4.00
4.00
N/A
219,073
N/A
>= 5.00%
As of December 31, 2015
Total capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
The Bancorp
The Bancorp Bank
Tier I capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
The Bancorp
The Bancorp Bank
Tier I capital
(to average assets)
The Bancorp
The Bancorp Bank
Common equity tier 1
(to risk-weighted assets)
The Bancorp
The Bancorp Bank
As of December 31, 2014
Total capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
The Bancorp
The Bancorp Bank
Tier I capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
The Bancorp
The Bancorp Bank
Tier I capital
(to average assets)
The Bancorp
The Bancorp Bank
As of December 31, 2015, the Company and the Bank met all regulatory requirements for classification as well capitalized
under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. Effective January 1, 2015, capital rules were modified as part of a multi
year phase in period. The new rules emphasize common equity capital of which the vast majority of the Company and the Bank’s
capital is comprised.
In 2015 the Company paid a $3,000,000 civil money penalty as part of an amendment and restatement of the 2012 Consent
Order with the FDIC. The 2015 Consent Order requires additional quarterly reporting on the part of the Bank to the FDIC. On June
4, 2014, an Order with the FDIC became effective and encompassed Bank Secrecy Act, or BSA, Anti-Money Laundering Act, or
AML, and other areas. As a result of the Order, the Bank incurred significant remediation expenses for third party consultants in 2015
and 2014, which will continue into 2016. The vast majority of the expense is to perform a “lookback” to analyze historical
transactions. Additional permanent expenses have and will result due to a significant increase in the number of employees performing
BSA/AML related functions. The 2014 Consent Order, as amended, restricts the Bank from signing and boarding new independent
sales organizations, establishing new non-benefit reloadable prepaid card programs and originating Automated Clearing House
transactions for new merchant-related payments. The removal of these limitations depends upon the Bank’s issuance of a BSA report
to the FDIC summarizing the completion of certain corrective action and the FDIC’s approval thereof.
114
Note T –Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
The following represents summarized quarterly financial data of the Company which, in the opinion of management, reflects
all adjustments (comprised of normal accruals) necessary for fair presentation.
Quarterly amounts shown may not equal annual amounts due to rounding.
2015
Interest income
Net interest income
Provision for loan and lease losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Net income from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
Three months ended
March 31,
June 30,
September 30,
December 31,
(in thousands, except per share data)
$ 19,717 $ 20,372 $ 21,193 $ 22,248
18,582
300
70,267
58,999
29,550
12,267
17,283
1,336
$ 214 $ 174 $ (5,575)$ 18,619
17,798
625
17,299
47,795
(13,323)
(5,706)
(7,617)
2,042
16,514
665
20,777
40,860
(4,234)
(2,427)
(1,807)
2,021
17,037
510
24,724
46,434
(5,183)
(2,684)
(2,499)
2,673
Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations - basic
Net income per share from discontinued
operations - basic
Net income (loss) per share - basic
Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations - diluted
Net income per share from discontinued
operations - diluted
Net income (loss) per share - diluted
$ (0.05) $ (0.07) $ (0.20)$ 0.46
$ 0.05 $ 0.07 $ 0.05 $ 0.04
$ - $ - $ (0.15)$ 0.50
$ (0.05) $ (0.07) $ (0.20)$ 0.46
$ 0.05 $ 0.07 $ 0.05 $ 0.04
$ - $ - $ (0.15)$ 0.50
115
2014
Interest income
Net interest income
Provision for loan and lease losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax
expense
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income from continuing operations
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
Net income per share from continuing
operations - basic
Net income (loss) per share from discontinued operations -
basic
Net income per share - basic
Net income per share from continuing
operations - diluted
Net income (loss) per share from discontinued operations -
diluted
Net income per share - diluted
March 31,
Three months ended
June 30,
September 30,
(in thousands, except per share data)
December 31,
$ 16,555
13,651
1,275
23,678
31,205
$ 17,610
14,791
1,173
23,389
34,012
$ 18,033
15,268
158
20,307
33,135
$ 18,522
15,715
(1,404)
17,675
37,628
4,849
1,623
3,226
(1,599)
$ 1,627
2,995
1,343
1,652
8,670
10,322
2,282
(3,560)
5,842
19,127
24,969
(2,834)
(13,929)
11,095
9,096
20,191
$ 0.08
$ 0.04
$ 0.15
$ 0.31
$ (0.04)
$ 0.04
$ 0.23
$ 0.27
$ 0.51
$ 0.66
$ 0.24
$ 0.55
$ 0.08
$ 0.04
$ 0.15
$ 0.30
$ (0.04)
$ 0.04
$ 0.23
$ 0.27
$ 0.51
$ 0.66
$ 0.22
$ 0.52
Note U—Condensed Financial Information—Parent Only
Condensed Balance Sheets
Assets
Cash and due from banks
Intercompany loans
Investment in subsidiaries
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and stockholders' equity
Other liabilities
Subordinated debentures
Stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
December 31,
2015
2014
(in thousands)
9,473
-
313,817
10,133
$ 333,423
$ 21
13,401
320,001
$ 333,423
$ 6,386
3,857
310,507
11,713
$ 332,463
$ 39
13,401
319,023
$ 332,463
116
Condensed Statements of Operations
Income
Interest on intercompany loans
Other income
Total income
Expense
Interest on subordinated debentures
Non-interest expense
Total expense
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
Income (loss) before tax benefit
Income tax provision (benefit)
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
Operating activities
Net income (loss)
(Increase) decrease in other assets
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
Stock based compensation expense
Equity in undistributed income
Net cash used in (provided by) operating activities
Investing activities
Net (increase) decrease in loans
Contribution to subsidiary
Net cash used in investing activities
Financing activities
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock
Proceeds from the exercise of common stock options
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
2015
Years ended
December 31,
2014
(in thousands)
2013
$ 4
36,283
36,287
$ 13
30,235
30,248
$ -
27,415
27,415
448
37,137
37,585
14,730
13,432
-
$ 13,432
478
32,351
32,829
58,802
56,221
(888)
$ 57,109
548
29,507
30,055
(12,939)
(15,579)
(1,157)
$ (14,422)
2015
Years ended
December 31,
2014
(in thousands)
2013
$ 13,432
1,580
(18)
1,975
(14,730)
2,239
$ 57,109
(3,441)
21
2,641
(58,802)
(2,472)
$ (14,422)
(1,735)
(73)
3,157
12,939
(134)
3,857
(3,009)
848
(3,857)
(58,000)
(61,857)
-
(16,798)
(16,798)
-
-
-
3,087
6,386
$ 9,473
-
103
103
(64,226)
70,612
$ 6,386
1,629
1,653
3,282
(13,650)
84,262
$ 70,612
117
Note V—Segment Financials
The Company performed a strategic evaluation of its businesses in the third quarter of 2014. As a result of the evaluation, the
Company decided to discontinue its commercial lending operations, as described in Note W- Discontinued Operations. The shift from
a traditional bank balance sheet led the Company to evaluate its remaining business structure. Based on the continuing operations of
the Company, it was determined that there would be four segments of the business: specialty finance, payments, corporate and
discontinued operations. Specialty finance includes commercial mortgage loan sales, Small Business Administration loans, leasing
and security backed lines of credit and any deposits generated by those business lines. Payments include prepaid cards, card
payments, ACH processing and healthcare accounts. Corporate includes the Company’s investment portfolio and corporate overhead
and other non-allocated expenses. Investment income is allocated to the payments segment. These operating segments reflect the way
the Company views its current operations.
For the year ended December 31, 2015
Interest income
Interest allocation
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan and lease losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Income (loss) from continuing operations
before taxes
Income taxes
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations
Net income (loss)
Interest income
Interest allocation
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan and lease losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Income (loss) from continuing operations
before taxes
Income taxes
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations
Net income (loss)
Specialty finance
Payments
$ 49,789
-
5,039
44,750
2,100
17,891
47,863
$ 11
33,730
7,445
26,296
-
97,963
128,828
Discontinued
operations
Corporate
(in thousands)
$ 33,730 $ -
-
-
-
-
-
-
(33,730)
1,115
(1,115)
-
17,213
17,397
Total
$ 83,530
-
13,599
69,931
2,100
133,067
194,088
12,678
-
12,678
-
$ 12,678
(4,569)
-
(4,569)
-
$ (4,569)
-
-
-
8,072
$ (2,749) $ 8,072
(1,299)
1,450
(2,749)
-
6,810
1,450
5,360
8,072
$ 13,432
Specialty finance
Payments
Corporate
Discontinued
operations
Total
For the year ended December 31, 2014
$ 36,402
-
3,964
32,438
1,202
19,030
37,933
$ 58
34,261
6,137
28,182
-
65,509
79,145
(in thousands)
$ 34,260 $ -
-
-
-
-
-
-
(34,261)
1,194
(1,195)
-
510
18,902
$ 70,720
-
11,295
59,425
1,202
85,049
135,980
12,333
-
12,333
-
$ 12,333
14,546
-
14,546
-
$ 14,546
(19,587)
(14,523)
(5,064)
-
-
-
-
35,294
$ (5,064) $ 35,294
7,292
(14,523)
21,815
35,294
$ 57,109
118
Interest income
Interest allocation
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan and lease losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Income (loss) from continuing operations
before taxes
Income taxes
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations
Net income (loss)
For the year ended December 31, 2013
Specialty finance
Payments
$ 27,577
-
3,762
23,815
355
23,049
30,190
$ 64
23,510
4,796
18,778
-
57,129
59,202
Corporate
(in thousands)
$ 23,509
(23,510)
2,210
(2,211)
-
1,895
12,425
Discontinued
operations
Total
$ -
-
-
-
-
-
-
$ 51,150
-
10,768
40,382
355
82,073
101,817
16,319
-
16,319
-
$ 16,319
16,705
-
16,705
-
$ 16,705
(12,741)
6,767
(19,508)
-
$ (19,508)
-
-
-
(27,938)
$ (27,938)
20,283
6,767
13,516
(27,938)
$ (14,422)
Total assets
Total liabilities
December 31, 2015
Specialty finance
Payments
Corporate
Discontinued
operations
Total
$ 1,747,558
$ 783,866
$ 35,165
$ 2,991,856
(in thousands)
$ 2,399,191
$ 670,100
$ 583,909
$ -
$ 4,765,823
$ 4,445,822
December 31, 2014
Specialty finance
Payments
Corporate
Discontinued
operations
Total
$ 1,099,914
$ 1,165,567
$ 30,503
$ 3,198,129
(in thousands)
$ 2,967,971
$ 303,598
$ 887,929
$ -
$ 4,986,317
$ 4,667,294
Total assets
Total liabilities
Note W—Discontinued Operations
The Company performed a strategic evaluation of its businesses in the third quarter of 2014 and decided to discontinue its
commercial lending operations and focus on its specialty finance lending. The loans which constitute the commercial loan portfolio
are in the process of disposition to independent purchasers. As such, financial results of the commercial lending operations are
presented as separate from continuing operations on the consolidated statements of operations, and the assets of the commercial
lending operations to be disposed are presented as assets held for sale on the consolidated balance sheets.
119
The following table presents financial results of the commercial lending business included in net income (loss) from
discontinued operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.
Interest income
Interest expense
Provision for loan and lease losses
Net interest income (loss) after provision
Non interest income
Non interest expense
Income (loss) before taxes
Income taxes
Net income (loss)
Loans, net
Other assets
Total assets
2015
For the year ended December 31,
2014
2013
$ 28,925
-
-
28,925
(in thousands)
$ 44,097
-
26,919
17,178
$ 53,972
-
58,038
(4,066)
2,513
18,645
1,624
(35,823)
1,357
8,960
12,793
4,721
$ 8,072
54,625
19,331
$ 35,294
(11,669)
16,269
$ (27,938)
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
(in thousands)
$ 568,748
15,161
$ 583,909
$ 867,399
20,530
$ 887,929
Based upon an independent third party review performed as of September 30, 2014, the first reporting date after
discontinuance of commercial loan operations, the Company marked the $1.20 billion commercial lending portfolio balance as of that
date to lower of cost or market. An independent third party financial advisory firm performed the lower of cost or market valuation,
using the income approach in a discounted cash flow model. Large balance commercial loans were modeled on a loan level basis.
Small balance commercial loans were modeled on a pool basis where loans are grouped by common characteristics including loan
type, loan collateral, amortization type and coupon. The expected cash flows for the loans or pools were derived from the contractual
loan terms, adjusted for prepayments and credit considerations as applicable. The loan level credit analysis was also performed by an
independent third party which reviewed the majority of the credit portfolio for credit inputs into the model. Based on that review,
weighted average fair values were applied to the loans not specifically reviewed. Discount rates used in the model were derived from
observable market interest rates or credit spreads for comparable loans including national and regional commercial loan pricing
surveys, dealer market research and market pricing quotations for new issuance. Market quoted interest rates were adjusted for the
subject loan or pool to account for differences in loan characteristics including loan term, loan size, loan vintage and loan credit
quality. These analyses are performed at each quarterly and annual reporting period.
Various elements of the lower of cost or market valuation are as follows:
Measured on a recurring basis
Valuation techniques
Significant unobservable inputs
Range
Large balance commercial loans
Discounted cash flows
Discount rate
Small balance commercial loans
Discounted cash flows
Discount rate
3.13%-9.09%
4.18%-7.08%
The Company has sold loans with a book value of approximately $342.2 million, of the approximately $1.1 billion in book
value of loans in that portfolio as of the September 30, 2014 date of discontinuance of operations. The $342.2 million of loans sold
had a face value of approximately $417.1 million. These sales were comprised of the following: Loans with an approximate face and
book value of $267.6 million and $192.7 million, respectively, were sold in the fourth quarter of 2014 to a private securitization entity.
The securitization is managed by an independent investor, which contributed $16 million of equity to that entity. The balance of the
120
sale was financed by the Bank and is reflected on the consolidated balance sheet as investment in unconsolidated entity. After $74.9
million of loan charges reflected in the difference between the face value and book value of the loans sold to the securitization, the
Company recognized a gain on sale of $17.0 million. In the second quarter of 2015, an additional $149.6 million of loans were sold at
a gain of approximately $2.2 million. The Company continues to pursue additional loan sales.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our
reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized, and
reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated
to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure. Members of our operational management and internal audit meet regularly to provide an established
structure to report any weaknesses or other issues with controls, or any matter that has not been reported previously, to our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and, in turn to the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. In designing and
evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, our management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well
designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and our management
necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.
Under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we have carried out an evaluation of the
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation,
our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the
reasonable assurance level.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Pursuant
to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, internal control over financial reporting is a process designed
by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our Board of Directors,
management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those
policies and procedures that:
• pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions
of our assets;
• provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
• provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of
our assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives
because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance
and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can
be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material
misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these
inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process
safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.
121
A material weakness is defined as a deficiency or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting
such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be
prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Management has evaluated the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 based on
the control criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission and concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
December 31, 2015.
Our independent registered public accounting firm, Grant Thornton LLP, audited our internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2015. Their report dated March 15, 2016 appears below in this Item 9A.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
During the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, there were no changes in our internal control over
financial reporting that have materially affected, or were reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial
reporting.
122
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
The Bancorp, Inc.
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of The Bancorp, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the
“Company”) as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial
reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial
reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal
control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention
or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2015, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015, and our report dated March 15, 2016
expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 15, 2016
123
Item 9B. Other Information
None.
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Information included in the 2016 Proxy Statement to be filed is incorporated herein by reference
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Information included in the 2016 Proxy Statement to be filed is incorporated herein by reference
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Information included in the 2016 Proxy Statement to be filed is incorporated herein by reference
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Information included in the 2016 Proxy Statement to be filed is incorporated herein by reference
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Information included in the 2016 Proxy Statement to be filed is incorporated herein by reference
124
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on From 10-K:
PART IV
1. Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2015 and 2014
Consolidated Statement of Operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2015
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2. Financial Statement Schedules
None
3. Exhibits
Exhibit No.
2.1
3.1
4.1
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
12.1
21.1
23.1
31.1
31.2
32.1
32.2
Description
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 23, 2016 between the Bancorp, Inc. and Health
Equity, Inc.(14)
Certificate of Incorporation(1)
Specimen stock certificate(1)
1999 Stock Option Plan (the “1999 SOP”)(2)
Form of Grant of Non-Qualified Stock Options under the 1999 SOP(2)
Form of Grant of Incentive Stock Options under the 1999 SOP(2)
The Bancorp, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the “2005 Plan”)(3)
Form of Grant of Non-Qualified Stock Option under the 2005 Plan(4)
Form of Grant of Incentive Stock Option under the 2005 Plan(4)
Form of Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2005 Plan(5)
Employee and Non-employee Director Non-Cash Compensation Plan(1)
Stock Option and Equity Plan of 2011(6)
Form of Grant of Stock Option under the 2011 Plan (7)
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (8)
The Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option and Equity Plan of 2013 (9)
Form of Grant of Stock Option under the 2013 Plan(10)
Form of Grant of Restricted Stock under the 2013 Plan(10)
Sales Agreement dated July 10, 2014 among the Bancorp, Inc., The Bancorp Bank and
Cantor Fitzgerald and Company(11)
Sales Agreement dated July 10, 2014 among the Bancorp, Inc., The Bancorp Bank and
BTIG, LLC(12)
Sales Agreement dated December 30, 2014 among the Bancorp Bank and Walnut Street
2014-1 Issuer, LLC (13)
Offer Letter dated December 13, 2015 between the Bancorp, Inc. and John C. Chrystal(15)
Amended Consent Order, Order for Restitution and Order to Pay Civil Money Penalty,
dated December 23, 2015 (16)
Ratio of earnings to fixed changes
Subsidiaries of Registrant
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
Section 1350 Certifications
Section 1350 Certifications
125
*
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
Filed herewith.
Filed previously as an exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form S-4, registration number 333-117385, and by this
reference incorporated herein.
Filed previously as an exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form S-8, registration number 333-124339, and by this
reference incorporated herein.
Filed previously as an appendix to the definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A filed on May 2, 2005, and by this
reference incorporated herein.
Filed previously as an exhibit to our current report on Form 8-K filed December 30, 2005, and by this reference
incorporated herein.
Filed previously as an exhibit to our current report on Form 8-K filed January 20, 2006, and by this reference
incorporated herein.
Filed previously as an exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form S-8, registration number 333-176208, and by this
reference incorporated herein.
Filed previously as an exhibit to our current report on Form 8-K filed March 22, 2011, and by this reference
incorporated herein.
Filed previously as an exhibit to our current report on Form 8-K filed January 29, 2013, and by this reference
incorporated herein.
Filed previously as an appendix to our proxy statement filed March 20, 2013, and by this reference incorporated
herein.
Filed previously as an exhibit to our quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed May 10, 2013, and by this reference
incorporated herein.
Filed previously as an exhibit to our current report on Form 8-K filed July 11, 2014, and by this reference incorporated
herein.
Filed previously as an exhibit to our annual report on Form 10-K filed March 17, 2014.
Filed previously as an exhibit to our annual report on Form 10-K filed September 25, 2015, and by this reference
incorporated herein.
Filed previously as an exhibit to our current report on Form 8-K filed October 27, 2015 and by this reference
incorporated herein.
Filed previously as an exhibit to our current report on Form 8-K filed December 15, 2015 and by this reference
incorporated herein.
Filed previously as an exhibit to our current report on Form 8-K filed December 28, 2015 and by this reference
incorporated herein.
126
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
THE BANCORP, INC. (Registrant)
March 15, 2016
By:
/s/ John C. Chrystal
John C. Chrystal
Interim Chief Executive Officer
/s/ John C. Chrystal
JOHN C. CHRYSTAL
Interim Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
(principal executive officer)
March 15, 2016
/s/ Daniel G. Cohen
DANIEL G. COHEN
Director
/s/ Walter T. Beach
WALTER T. BEACH
Director
/s/ Michael J. Bradley
MICHAEL J. BRADLEY
Director
/s/ Matthew Cohn
MATTHEW COHN
Director
/s/ William H. Lamb
WILLIAM H. LAMB
Director
/s/ James J. McEntee III
JAMES J. MCENTEE III
Director
/s/ Mei-Mei Tuan
MEI-MEI TUAN
/s/ Hersh Kozlov
HERSH KOZLOV
/s/ Paul Frenkiel
PAUL FRENKIEL
Director
Director
Executive Vice President of Strategy, Chief Financial
Officer and Secretary
(principal accounting officer)
March 15, 2016
March 15, 2016
March 15, 2016
March 15, 2016
March 15, 2016
March 15, 2016
March 15, 2016
March 15, 2016
March 15, 2016
127
Exhibit 12.1
Pre tax income
Total fixed charges
Interest expense
Estimated interest portion of rent expense (1)
Earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred
stock dividend requirements including interest on
deposits
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
(1) Estimated to be 33% of rent expense paid.
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
2015
2014
2013
2012
6,810
15,073
21,883
13,599
1,474
15,073
7,292
12,604
19,896
11,295
1,309
12,604
20,283
11,849
32,132
10,768
1,081
11,849
(9,261)
12,321
3,060
11,411
910
12,321
21,883
15,073
19,896
12,604
50,784
11,849
3,060
12,321
1.45
1.45
1.58
4.29
1.58
4.29
0.25
0.25
Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of Registrant
The Bancorp Bank
Transact Payments Limited
Transact Payment Services Group Limited
Transact Payment Services Limited
Transact Payment Services Group-Bulgaria EOOD
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We have issued our report dated March 15, 2016, with respect to the consolidated
financial statements and internal control over financial reporting included in the
Annual Report of The Bancorp, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2015. We consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the Registration
Statements of The Bancorp, Inc. on Forms S-8 (File No. 333-124338 and File No.
333-124339, effective April 26, 2005, File No. 333-130709, effective December 27,
2005, File No. 333-176208, effective August 10, 2011 and File No. 333-189014,
effective May 31, 2013).
March 15, 2016
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Exhibit 31.1
I, John C. Chrystal, certify that:
CERTIFICATION
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 of The
Bancorp, Inc. (the “Registrant”);
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures
to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including
its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of
the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of
an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting.
5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of
internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the
Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a
significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 15, 2016
/S/ JOHN C. CHRYSTAL
John C. Chrystal
Interim Chief Executive Officer
Exhibit 31.2
I, Paul Frenkiel, certify that:
CERTIFICATION
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 of The
Bancorp, Inc. (the “Registrant”);
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures
to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including
its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of
the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of
an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting.
5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of
internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a
significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 15, 2016
/S/ Paul Frenkiel
Executive Vice President of Strategy,
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of The Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”),
I, John C. Chrystal, Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial
condition and results of operations of the Company.
March 15, 2016
Dated
/s/ JOHN C. CHRYSTAL
John C. Chrystal
Interim Chief Executive Officer
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of The Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”),
I, Paul Frenkiel, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial
condition and results of operations of the Company.
March 15, 2016
Dated
/S/ Paul Frenkiel
Executive Vice President of Strategy,
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
E X E C U T I V E O F F I C E R S
John C. Chrystal*
Interim Chief Executive Officer
Gail S. Ball
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Daniel Gideon Cohen
Executive Vice President and Chairman of the Board
Paul Frenkiel
Executive Vice President of Strategy
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
Jeremy Kuiper
Senior Vice President and Managing Director
Donald F. McGraw, Jr.
Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer
Thomas G. Pareigat
Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Steven Turowski
Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer
C O R P O R AT E H E A D Q U A R T E R S
409 Silverside Road
Suite 105
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
P: +1 302.385.5000
I N V E S T O R R E L AT I O N S
Andres Viroslav
P: +1 215.861.7990
E: InvestorRelations@thebancorp.com
T R A N S F E R A G E N T
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11219
P: + 1 800.937.5449
E: info@amstock.com
B O A R D O F D I R E C T O R S
John C. Chrystal*
Interim Chief Executive Officer
Daniel Gideon Cohen
Chairman of the Board
Executive Vice President
Walter T. Beach
Michael J. Bradley
Matthew Cohn
Hersh Kozlov
William H. Lamb
James Joseph McEntee III
Mei-Mei Tuan
*Effective upon regulatory review and non-objection received in January, 2016.
Rev_Cover.indd 2
3/24/16 2:11 PM
TM
A N N U A L R E P O R T 2 0 1 5
TM
thebancorp.com | 409 Silverside Road, Suite 105 | Wilmington, DE 19809 | +1 302.385.5000
Rev_Cover.indd 1
3/24/16 2:11 PM